Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Common Specs And Procedures
      • Common Specs & Procedures Index
  • DTC Index
    • Antilock Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Automatic Transmission - 4ET50 - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels And Closures - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Cellular, Entertainment, And Navigation - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Cruise Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Data Communication System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Cooling System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Fixed And MOVEABLE Windows - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Horn System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • HVAC System - Automatic - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hybrid/EV Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hybrid/EV Cooling System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hybrid/EV Energy Storage System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hydraulic Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Immobilizer System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Lighting System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Object Detection System - Park Assist System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Parking Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Plug-In Charging - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Power Door Lock System And Release Systems - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Power Steering System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Seat Belt System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Shift Lock Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Theft Deterrent System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Wiper System And Washer System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Component Locations - Electrical Center Identification Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X1
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X2
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X3
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X4
        • X50B Fuse Block - Underhood Auxiliary Top View
        • X50B Fuse Block - Underhood Auxiliary X1
        • X50B Fuse Block - Underhood Auxiliary X3
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery Top View
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X1
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X2
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X3
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X6
        • X51L Fuse Block- Instrument Panel Left Bottom View
        • X51L Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Left Label
        • X51L Fuse Block- Instrument Panel Left Top View
        • X51L Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Left Wire Entry
        • X51R Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Right Top View
        • X51R Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Right Label
        • X51R Fuse Block- Instrument Panel Right Top View
        • X51R Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Right
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Bottom View
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Label
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Top View LO
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Wire Entry (Fuses)
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body
    • Component Locations - Master Electrical Component List
      • Master Electrical Component List
    • Electrical Component Locator - Door Component Views
      • Door Component Views
        • Driver Door Components (LHD)
        • Driver Door Components (RHD)
        • Passenger Door Components (LHD)
        • Passenger Door Components (RHD)
        • Left Rear Door Components
        • Right Rear Door Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Front Of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
      • Front of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
        • Front of Vehicle Components (Chevrolet)
        • Front of Vehicle Components (Opel)
        • Left Front of Vehicle Components
        • Engine Compartment Components - Front
        • Engine Compartment Components - Left
        • Engine Compartment Components - Right
    • Electrical Component Locator - Ground Views
      • Ground Views
        • G101, G103, G109 and G117
        • G102, G104 and G105
        • G106 and G113
        • G201, G202, G203 and G204
        • G205 and G304
        • G301
        • G302
        • G402 and G404
        • G405 and G406
    • Electrical Component Locator - Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel Components (LHD) (1 of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Components (LHD) (2 of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Components (RHD) (1 of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Components (RHD) (2 of 2)
        • Instrument Panel - HVAC Components (LHD)
        • Instrument Panel - HVAC Components (RHD)
        • Center Console Components
        • Steering Column Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Luggage Compartment/Rear Of Vehicle Component Views
      • Luggage Compartment/Rear of Vehicle Component Views
        • Luggage Compartment Components
        • Liftgate Components
        • Rear of Vehicle Components
        • Right Rear of Vehicle - Fuel Door Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
      • Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
        • Passenger Compartment Components (LHD)
        • Passenger Compartment Components (RHD)
        • Headliner (UVF)
        • Headliner Components (-UVF)
        • Driver Seat Components (LHD)
        • Driver Seat Components (RHD)
        • Passenger Seat Components (RHD)
        • Passenger Seat Components (LHD)
        • Rear Seat Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Powertrain Component Views
      • Powertrain Component Views
        • Transmission Components
        • Left Rear of Engine Components
        • Right Front of Engine Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
      • Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Assembly Components
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Internals
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Section 1
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Section 2
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Section 3
        • Underbody - Fuel System Components
        • Underbody - Steering Components
        • Underbody - Wheel Components
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • Electrical Component Locator - Ground Views
      • Ground Views
        • G101, G103, G109 and G117
        • G102, G104 and G105
        • G106 and G113
        • G201, G202, G203 and G204
        • G205 and G304
        • G301
        • G302
        • G402 and G404
        • G405 and G406
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 1.4L VIN 4
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Index
      • Component Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - A4 To B204B
      • Component Connector End Views
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X1 X1
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X2 X2
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X3 X3
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X4 X4
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X5 X5
        • A7 Fuel Pump and Level Sensor Assembly
        • A10 Inside Rearview Mirror
        • A11 Radio X1 X1
        • A11 Radio X4 X4
        • A12 Digital Radio Receiver Control Module
        • A20 Radio/HVAC Controls
        • A23C Liftgate Latch Assembly
        • A23D Door Latch Assembly - Driver
        • A23LR Door Latch Assembly - Left Rear
        • A23P Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
        • A23RR Door Latch Assembly - Right Rear
        • A24D Door Handle Assembly - Driver Exterior
        • A24LR Door Handle Assembly - Left Rear Exterior
        • A24P Door Handle Assembly - Passenger Exterior
        • A24RR Door Handle Assembly - Right Rear Exterior
        • B1 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
        • B1C A/C Low Side Pressure Sensor RHD
        • B5LF Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Front
        • B5LR Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Rear
        • B5RF Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Front
        • B5RR Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Rear
        • B7D Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Left Lower
        • B7H Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Left Upper
        • B9 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • B10B Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor
        • B14A Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor
        • B15 Transmission Internal Mode Switch X1
        • B15 Transmission Internal Mode Switch X2
        • B18 Battery Current Sensor
        • B20 Brake Fluid Level Switch
        • B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake
        • B24 Cellular Phone Microphone
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • B30 Hybrid Battery Pack Current Sensor
        • B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • B37 Engine Oil Pressure Switch LHD
        • B39 A/C Evaporator Temperature Sensor
        • B47 Fuel Pressure Sensor
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
        • B55 Hood Ajar Switch
        • B59L Front Impact Sensor - Left
        • B59R Front Impact Sensor - Right
        • B60 Passenger Presence Sensor (UH0 or UH1)
        • B63LF Side Impact Sensor - Left Front
        • B63LR Side Impact Sensor - Left Rear
        • B63RF Side Impact Sensor - Right Front
        • B63RR Side Impact Sensor - Right Rear
        • B68 Knock Sensor
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
        • B75B Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • B78A Front Object Sensor - Left Outer (UDF)
        • B78B Front Object Sensor - Right Outer (UDF)
        • B78C Front Object Sensor - Left Middle (UDF)
        • B78D Front Object Sensor - Right Middle (UDF)
        • B78E Rear Object Sensor - Left Middle (UD7)
        • B78F Rear Object Sensor - Right Middle (UD7)
        • B78G Rear Object Sensor - Left Outer
        • B78H Rear Object Sensor - Right Outer (UD7)
        • B87 Rearview Camera (UVC)
        • B88D Seat Belt Switch - Driver
        • B88LR Seat Belt Switch - Left Rear
        • B88P Seat Belt Switch - Passenger
        • B88RR Seat Belt Switch - Right Rear
        • B99 Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
        • B107 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • B118 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor
        • B135 Coolant Heater Temperature Sensor
        • B150 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • B160 Windshield Temperature and Inside Moisture Sensor UVF/Without UVF
        • B165 Content Theft Deterrent Sensor Module
        • B197 Charge Port Door Position Switch
        • B201 Brake Control Brake Pedal Position Sensor
        • B202 Hybrid Electronics Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • B203 Engine Coolant Radiator Temperature Sensor
        • B204A Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Temperature Sensor 1
        • B204B Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Temperature Sensor 2
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - B207A To K9 X1
      • Component Connector End Views
        • B207A Drive Motor 1 Temperature Sensor
        • B207B Drive Motor 2 Temperature Sensor
        • B208 Fuel Door Status Switch Assembly
        • B228A Drive Motor 1 Position Sensor
        • B228B Drive Motor 2 Position Sensor X1 X1
        • B228B Drive Motor 2 Position Sensor X2 X2
        • B258 Hybrid/EV Battery Coolant Level Switch
        • C4A Hybrid/EV Battery Section 1 X1 X1
        • C4A Hybrid/EV Battery Section 1 X2 X2
        • C4A Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 1 X3
        • C4B Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 2 X1
        • C4B Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 2 X2
        • C4C Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 3 X1
        • C4C Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 3 X2
        • C4C Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 3 X3
        • C4C Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 3 X4
        • E4LF Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front
        • E4N Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left
        • E4P Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right
        • E4RF Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front
        • E4Y Turn Signal Repeater Lamp - Left
        • E4Z Turn Signal Repeater Lamp - Right
        • E5 Backup Lamp T79
        • E5 Backup Lamp Without T79
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp
        • E7L License Plate Lamp - Left
        • E7R License Plate Lamp - Right
        • E14A Seat Heating Element - Driver Back (KA1)
        • E14B Seat Heating Element - Driver Cushion (KA1)
        • E14C Seat Heating Element - Passenger Back (KA1)
        • E14D Seat Heating Element - Passenger Cushion (KA1)
        • E17D Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Driver X1
        • E17D Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Driver X2
        • E17P Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Passenger X1
        • E17P Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Passenger X2
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X1 X1
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X2 X2
        • E29R Fog Lamp - Rear T79
        • E31L Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Left
        • E31R Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Right
        • E32 Cigarette Lighter Receptacle
        • E33 Cargo Lamp
        • E37F Dome/Reading Lamps - Front
        • E37R Dome/Reading Lamps - Rear
        • E41 Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater
        • E42L Tail Lamp Assembly - Left
        • E42R Tail Lamp Assembly - Right
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X1 X1
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X2 X2
        • F103 Drive Motor Power Inverter Module Cable Cover
        • F105L Roof Rail Air Bag - Left
        • F105R Roof Rail Air Bag - Right
        • F106LF Seat Side Air Bag - Left Front
        • F106RF Seat Side Air Bag - Right Front
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X1
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X2
        • F112D Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F112P Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F113D Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F113P Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F114D Knee Air Bag - Driver
        • F114P Knee Air Bag - Passenger
        • F118 Hybrid Battery Pack Connector Jumper Connector
        • G1 A/C Compressor X1 X1
        • G1 A/C Compressor X2 X2
        • G10L Cooling Fan Motor - Left
        • G10R Cooling Fan Motor - Right
        • G12 Fuel Pump
        • G21 Secondary Air Injection Pump (NU6)
        • G24 Windshield Washer Pump
        • G35 Hybrid Electronics Coolant Pump
        • G36 Auxiliary Heater Coolant Pump
        • G37 Hybrid Battery Pack Coolant Pump
        • G38 14V Power Module Cooling Fan
        • K1 14V Power Module X1
        • K1 14V Power Module X2 X2
        • K1 14V Power Module X3 X3
        • K1 14V Power Module X4 X4
        • K8 Blower Motor Control Module X1 X1
        • K8 Blower Motor Control Module X2
        • K9 Body Control Module X1 X1
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K84 X1 To Q8 X4
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X1 X1
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X2 X2
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X4 X4
        • K85 Passenger Presence Detection Module (AL0)
        • K89 Immobilizer Control Module
        • K109 Frontview Camera Module
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X1 X1
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X2 X2
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X3 X3
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X4 X4
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 X1
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 X2
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 X3
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X1
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X2
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X3
        • K112D Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 4 X1
        • K112D Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 4 X2
        • K112D Hybrid Battery Interface Control Module 4 X3 X3
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X1 X1
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X2 X2
        • M6 Air Temperature Door Actuator
        • M8 Blower Motor
        • M37 Mode Door Actuator
        • M46 Air Recirculation Door Actuator
        • M74D Window Motor - Driver
        • M74LR Window Motor - Left Rear
        • M74P Window Motor - Passenger
        • M74RR Window Motor - Right Rear
        • M75 Windshield Wiper Motor
        • M77D Outside Rearview Mirror Motor - Driver
        • M77P Outside Rearview Mirror Motor - Passenger
        • M97 Fuel Door Lock Actuator
        • P2 Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
        • P4 Security Siren RHD
        • P4 Security Siren LHD with UTP
        • P12L Horn - Left
        • P12R Horn - Right
        • P14 Passenger Air Bag Disabled Indicator
        • P16 Instrument Cluster
        • P17 Info Display Module
        • P19AC Speaker - Subwoofer UQA
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door UQA
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door UZ6
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door UQA
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door UZ6
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door UQA
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door UZ6
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door UQA
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door UZ6
        • P19H Speaker - Left Front Tweeter
        • P19V Speaker - Right Front Tweeter
        • P25 Power Sounder Content Theft Deterrent Alarm Module UTR
        • P36 Battery State of Charge Indicator
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X1
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X2
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X3
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X4
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K9 X2 To K83
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K9 Body Control Module X2 X2
        • K9 Body Control Module X3 X3
        • K9 Body Control Module X4 X4
        • K9 Body Control Module X5 X5
        • K9 Body Control Module X6 X6
        • K9 Body Control Module X7 X7
        • K10 Coolant Heater Control Module X1 X1
        • K10 Coolant Heater Control Module X2 X2
        • K16 Battery Energy Control Module X1
        • K16 Battery Energy Control Module X2
        • K16 Battery Energy Control Module X3
        • K17 Electronic Brake Control Module
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 X1
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 X2
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 X3
        • K27 Fuel Pump Control Module
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X1
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X2
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X3
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X1 X1
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X2 X2
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X3 X3
        • K35 Ignition Coil Module
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X1 X1
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X2 X2
        • K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module X1 X1
        • K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module X2 X2
        • K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module X3 X3
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X1 X1
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X2 X2
        • K46 Radio Antenna Module X1 X1
        • K60 Steering Column Lock Control Module
        • K65 Tire Pressure Indicator Module
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X1 X1
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X2 X2
        • K77 Remote Control Door Lock Receiver UVF/Without UVF
        • K83 Parking Brake Control Module
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Q12 To X98
      • Component Connector End Views
        • Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve
        • Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4
        • Q29 Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve (NU6)
        • Q38 Throttle Body
        • Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly
        • Q65 Hybrid Battery Pack Coolant Control Valve LHD
        • Q66 Passenger Compartment Heater Coolant Control Valve
        • R6B Terminal Resistor - Mid Speed Bus
        • S3 Transmission Shift Lever
        • S13 Door Lock Switch (RHD)
        • S15 Manual Service Disconnect
        • S16 Driver Information Center Switch
        • S25 Garage Door Opener (UG1)
        • S40 Passenger Air Bag Disable Switch
        • S46 Liftgate Handle Switch
        • S48B Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console
        • S51 Telematics Button Assembly
        • S52 Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
        • S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left
        • S70R Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Right
        • S78 Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch
        • S79D Window Switch - Driver
        • S79LR Window Switch - Left Rear
        • S79P Window Switch - Passenger
        • S79RR Window Switch - Right Rear
        • S82 Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
        • S83 Vehicle On/Off Switch
        • S91 Park Brake Control Switch
        • S117 Refuel Request Switch
        • S126 Drive Mode Select Switch (LHD)
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X1 (UQA)
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X2 (UQA)
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X3 (UQA)
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X1
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X2
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X3
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X4
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X5
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X6
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X7
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X8
        • T10B Keyless Entry Antenna - Instrument Panel Compartment
        • T10K Keyless Entry Antenna - Center Console Rear
        • T10G Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Fascia
        • T10J Keyless Entry Antenna - Center Console Front
        • T12 Automatic Transmission Assembly
        • T18 Battery Charger X1
        • T18 Battery Charger X2
        • T18 Battery Charger X3
        • T18 Battery Charger X4
        • X21 Manual Service Disconnect Receptacle X1
        • X21 Manual Service Disconnect Receptacle X2
        • X80H Accessory Power Receptacle - Center Console
        • X80L Accessory Power Receptacle - Rear Console
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input (5JZ)
        • X84 Data Link Connector
        • X84B Auxiliary Data Connector
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X1
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X2
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X3
        • X98 Hybrid/EV Battery Charger Receptacle
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X100 To X252
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X100 Forward Lamp Harness to Front Fascia Harness
        • X101 Forward Lamp Harness to Front Fascia Harness
        • X102 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness
        • X103 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Harness
        • X104 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Harness
        • X105 Forward Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X107 Forward Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Assembly (EF7 or Z49)
        • X110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Assembly (except EF7 or Z49)
        • X120 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Assembly (EF7 or Z49)
        • X120 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Assembly (except EF7 or Z49)
        • X175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness
        • X180 Forward Lamp Harness to Heater Pump Jumper Harness
        • X190 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • X225 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X250 Instrument Panel Top Pad Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X252 Instrument Panel Harness to HVAC Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X275 To X906
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X275 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X310 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
        • X315 Console Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X320 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • X322 Driver Seat Harness to Side Air Bag Jumper
        • X325 Headliner Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X326 Headliner Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X327 Passenger Seat Harness to Side Air Bag Jumper
        • X350 Body Harness to EVAP Harness
        • X351 Body Harness to EVAP Harness
        • X354 Fuel Tank Harness to EVAP Harness
        • X355 EVAP Harness to Fuel Pressure Harness
        • X356 High Voltage Harness to High Voltage Harness
        • X357 Body Harness to Battery Disconnect Unit Harness
        • X358 Body Harness to Battery Disconnect Unit Harness
        • X359 Manual Service Disconnect Harness to Battery Disconnect Unit Harness
        • X450 Body Harness to Rear Fascia Harness (UD5)
        • X451 Body Harness to Rear Fascia Harness (without UD5)
        • X452 Body Harness to Battery Negative Harness
        • X500 Driver Door Harness to Body Harness LHD/RHD
        • X505 Driver Door Harness to Driver Door Trim Harness
        • X510 Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver to Driver Door Harness
        • X600 Passenger Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X610 Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger to Passenger Door Harness
        • X700 Left Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X800 Right Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X900 Liftgate Jumper Harness to Body Harness
        • X901 Liftgate Jumper Harness to Body Harness
        • X905 Liftgate Jumper Harness to Liftgate Harness
        • X906 Liftgate Jumper Harness to Liftgate Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • JX300 Splice Pack
        • JX301 Splice Pack
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Wiring Schematics
          • Immobilizer
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2955: Security Sensor Data
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B302A: Mobile Telephone Communications Interface
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3031: Security Controller
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3055: Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B305C: Immobilizer Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3060: Transponder Identification Code
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B389A: Environment Identification
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3902: Immobilizer Identifier
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3924-B3928: Incorrect Environmental Identifier
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3935: Transponder Authentication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3976: Unconfigured Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3978-B3982: Incorrect Environmental Identifier
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3984: Device 1 Environment Identifier
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Key
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0633: Immobilizer Key
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P162B: Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1631: Immobilizer Fuel Enable Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P1649: Immobilizer Security Code
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Immobilizer
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar Stolen Vehicle Slowdown Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
        • Immobilizer System Component Programming
          • Notes
          • Unable to Complete Programming
        • Key with Integrated Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Replacing Keys (Without SPS)
          • Replacing Keys (With SPS)
          • Adding Keys (Without SPS)
          • Adding Keys (With SPS)
          • Unable to Complete Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Immobilizer Antenna
          • Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Environment Identifier
          • Security Indicator
        • Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Description and Operation
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Remote Function Wiring Schematics
          • Keyless Entry
          • Passive Start
          • Garage Door Opener (UG1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3101: Keyless Entry Data Link Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3105: Keyless Entry Transmitters
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3106: Keyless Entry Data Link
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3109-B3113: Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B310D-B310F: Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3119: Keyless Entry Antenna 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3120: Keyless Entry Antenna 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3121: Keyless Entry Antenna 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3122: Keyless Entry Antenna 4
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3123: Keyless Entry Antenna 5
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3124: Keyless Entry Antenna 6
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • No Remote Detected
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Keyless Entry System Malfunction (Active)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Keyless Entry System Malfunction (Passive)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Passive Transmitter Malfunction
            • Antenna Circuit Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Vehicle Start Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ignition Lock Key Transmitter Antenna Replacement - Instrument Panel
        • Ignition Lock Key Transmitter Antenna Replacement - Floor Console (Front)
        • Ignition Lock Key Transmitter Antenna Replacement - Floor Console (Rear)
        • Ignition Lock Key Transmitter Antenna Replacement - Rear Bumper Fascia
        • Keyless Entry Control Module Replacement
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (Without UVF)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (With UVF)
        • Garage Door Opener Transmitter Replacement (Volt)
        • Garage Door Opener Transmitter Pushbutton Replacement (Volt)
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Keyless Entry System Description And Operation Diagram (With BTM)
          • Keyless Entry Transmitters
          • Door Antenna
          • Rear Fascia Antenna
          • Front Console Passive (Instrument Panel) Antenna
          • Center Console Antenna
          • Rear Compartment Antenna
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
          • Immobilizer Antenna Coil Assembly
          • Keyless Entry Control Module
          • OnStar® Remote Link (if equipped)
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Unlock Driver Door Only - Active
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation - Active
          • Unlock Driver Door Only - Passive
          • Unlock All Doors - Passive
          • Lock All Doors - Active
          • Lock All Doors - Passive
          • Rear Compartment Release - Passive
          • Vehicle Locator/Panic Alarm/Active
          • Remote Start
          • Enable/Disable Remote Start
          • Remote Start System Disabled
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Replace Battery in Remote Key Message
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Power Door Lock System And Release Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Wiring Schematics
          • Door Locks (RHD)
          • Door Handle Switches
          • Door Locks (LHD)
          • Door Ajar and Status Switches
        • Release Systems Wiring Schematics
          • Fuel Door
          • Liftgate Release
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1474 or B3849: Passenger/Driver Exterior Door Handle Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1534 or B1535: Left/Rear Rear Door Handle Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2494: Liftgate Handle Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2500: Driver Exterior Unlock Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B297B or B297C: Driver Door Open Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3125, B3130 or B3135: Door Lock Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Driver Door Lock Malfunction
            • Passenger Door Lock Malfunction
            • All Door Locks Inoperative
          • Component Testing
            • Door Latch Test
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3140 or B3150: Driver Door Lock/Unlock Switch (Left Hand Drive)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Central Radio/HVAC Control
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3140 or B3150: Driver Door Lock/Unlock Switch (Right Hand Drive)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Central Door Lock Switch
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3265: Trunk Lid Unlatch Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3618: Exterior Liftgate Unlatch Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3797: Dead Lock Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3930: Child Security Lock Motors Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0CCC, P0CCE or P0CCF: Charge Port Door Position Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P04B6: Fuel Fill Door
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P04B8-P04BA: Fuel Fill Door Position Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P04BB, P04BC or P04C0: Fuel Fill Door Lock
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Fuel Door Lock Actuator
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P04C3-P04C6: Fuel Fill Door Lock Position Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P04C8, P04CA or P04CB: Fuel Fill Door Open Request Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P169D: Fuel Fill Door Open Request Switch Wake-Up Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Charger Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Door Handle Switch Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Filler Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Filler Door Release Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Fuel Door Release Inoperative
            • Refuel Request Switch Inoperative When Module Is Awake
            • Refuel Request Switch Inoperative When Module Is Asleep
          • Component Testing
            • Fuel Door Open Request Switch
            • Fuel Door Lock Actuator
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hatch Release Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Hatch Release Switch Inoperative
            • Liftgate Latch Inoperative
          • Component Testing
            • Rear Compartment Lid Latch
            • Hatch Release Switch
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Static Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Child Lock Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Security Lockout Inoperative
            • Single Door Security Lockout Malfunction
            • Rear Window Lockout Inoperative
          • Component Testing
            • Door Latch Test
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Dead Lock Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Security Lockout Inoperative
            • Single Door Security Lockout Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Door Latch Test
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Lock Key Cylinder Switches Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Locks Malfunction (Right Hand Drive)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Central Door Lock Switch Malfunction
            • Driver Door Lock Malfunction
            • Passenger Door Lock Malfunction
            • All Door Locks Inoperative
          • Component Testing
            • Central Door Lock Switch
            • Door Latch Test
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Locks Malfunction (Left Hand Drive)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Central Door Lock Switch Malfunction
            • Driver Door Lock Malfunction
            • Passenger Door Lock Malfunction
            • All Door Locks Inoperative
          • Component Testing
            • Central Door Lock Switch
            • Door Latch Test
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Door Will Not Open/Close, Door Binding or Locks, Handles or Cylinders Do Not Function
      • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Lock Actuator Replacement
        • Front Side Door Inside Handle Cable Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Inside Handle Cable Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Opening the Liftgate Without Electrical Power
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Replacement (Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Replacement (Pass Key Entry ATH)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front and Rear Side Door Outside Handle Rod Clip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Bracket Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Bracket Replacement
        • Liftgate Latch Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Lock Cylinder Opening Cover Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Bezel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Lock Replacement
        • Front Side Door Locking Rod Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Rod Replacement
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Rod Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Rod Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Locking Rod Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Rod Adjustment
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Rod Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Lock Striker Replacement
        • Liftgate Latch Striker Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Rear Side Door Lock Striker Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid and Fuel Filler Door Release Switch Replacement
        • Opening the Fuel Tank Filler Door when the Door Lock Malfunctions
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Lock Release Switch Replacement
        • Charger Door Release Switch Replacement
        • Liftgate Release Switch Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Charge Port Door Description and Operation
          • Charge Port System Components
          • Charge Port Ajar Message
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Door Ajar System Block Diagram
          • Driver Door Ajar
          • Passenger Door Ajar
        • Fuel Fill Door Description and Operation
          • Refueling System Components
          • Refueling System Overview
          • Refueling System Operation
        • Liftgate Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Hatch Open Indicator
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Power Door Locks Block Diagram
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passive Door Lock/Unlock Operation
          • Power Door Child Lock Block Diagram
          • Child Door Lockout Operation
          • Power Door Lock Deadlock Operation
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Description and Operation
          • Rear Hatch Release System Components
          • Rear Hatch Release Operation
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Wiring Schematics
          • Theft Deterrent System
          • Content Theft Deterrent Alarm Module and Sensor Module (UTR)
          • Alarm Siren (UTP)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B291A: Content Theft Deterrent Assembly
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B291B: Content Theft Deterrent Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent Malfunction (without UTT or UTP)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Content Theft Deterrent Malfunction (with UTP)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Content Theft Deterrent Malfunction (with UTT)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Inclination/Intrusion Sensor Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Malfunction (with UTR)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Malfunction (with UTP)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Replacement
        • Theft Deterrent Sensor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the Content Theft Deterrent System
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the Content Theft Deterrent System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • Content Theft Deterrent Circuit Description
  • Collision/Avoidance
    • Object Detection And Pedestrian Protection System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Object Detection Wiring Schematics
          • Front Park Assist (UDF)
          • Rear Park Assist (UD7)
          • Rearview Camera (UVC)
          • Forward Collision (UEU) and Lane Departure (UFL)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0954, B0955, B0956 or B0957: Parking Assist Front Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0958, B0959, B0960 or B0961: Parking Assist Rear Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0967 or B0968: Parking Assist On/Off Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Parking Assist Switch Malfunction
            • Parking Assist Switch Indicator Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0987: Vehicle Direction Camera Indicator
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1011: System Disabled Information
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1015: Vehicle Identification Number
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1405: Control Module Voltage Reference Output 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B356A: Vehicle Direction Warning Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Test
            • Static Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B390D: Frontview Camera Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Object Detection
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Forward Collision Alert System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Frontview Camera Module Malfunction
            • Forward Collision Alert Switch Malfunction
          • Component Test
            • Switch Static Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Parking Assist System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Parking Assist Switch Circuit Malfunction
            • Parking Assist Switch Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Vision Camera System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Lane Departure Warning System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Lane Departure Warning Switch Malfunction
            • Lane Departure Warning Switch Indicator Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module Replacement
        • Front Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front View Camera Replacement
        • Rearview Camera Image Display Module Replacement
        • Front View Camera Module Calibration
          • Notes
          • Calibration
          • If Slow to Calibrate
          • No Calibration
      • Description and Operation
        • Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning - UFL)
          • Notes
          • Lane Departure Warning Operation
            • Notes
            • Lane Crossing Alerts
          • Lane Departure Warning System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert - UEU)
          • Notes
          • Forward Collision Alert System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Object Detection Description and Operation (with Park Assist - UD5)
          • Notes
          • Parking Assist Operation
          • Parking Assist System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Vision Camera - UVC)
          • Rear Vision Camera System Operation
        • Parking Assist Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7)
          • Notes
          • Rear Parking Assist Operation
          • Parking Assist System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Parking Assist Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UDF)
          • Notes
          • Parking Assist Operation
          • Parking Assist System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Lane Departure Warning Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Lane Departure Warning Operation
            • Notes
            • Lane Crossing Alerts
          • Lane Departure Warning System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Lane Keep Assist Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Lane Keep Assist Operation
            • Notes
            • Lane Crossing Alerts
          • Lane Keep Assist System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Cross Traffic Alert Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Rear Cross Traffic Alert System Components
          • Rear Cross Traffic Alert Operation
          • Rear Cross Traffic Alert Driver Information Center Messages
        • Side Blind Zone Alert Description and Operation
          • Side Blind Zone Alert Block Diagram
          • Side Blind Zone Alert System Components
          • Side Blind Zone Alert Operation
          • Side Blind Zone Alert Driver Information Center Messages
        • Forward Collision Alert Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Forward Collision Alert System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Rear Vision Camera Description and Operation
          • Rear Vision Camera System Operation
  • Communication Devices
    • Data Communication System - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Mode Master
          • Gateway
          • Body Control
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • High Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Chassis High Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Powertrain High Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • High Voltage Energy Management High Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • CAN Graphical Interface (CGI) Circuit Description
          • Mid Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Low Speed GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Local Interconnect Network (LIN) Circuit Description
          • Communication Enable Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Auxiliary Data Connector
          • Serial Data Reference
    • Data Communication System - DTC B1000 To DTC U183E
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module U Code List
        • DTC B1000: Electronic Control Unit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1016: Vehicle Identification Number
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C078A: Tire Pressure Indicator Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0601-P0606, P060A, P062F or P262B: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P06E4: Control Module Wake-Up Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Testing the Accessory Wake Up Serial Data 2 Circuits for a Short to Ground
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0A1F, P1A05 or P1A06: Battery Energy Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16B7: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16B8-P16BA: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16C1-P16C5: Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16C6: Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E8E-P1E91: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E94-P1E97: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E9A-P1E9D: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EA0-P1EA3: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 4
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EB1: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EB2-P1EB5 or P1FA6-P1FAA: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EB9: High Voltage Energy Management Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Testing the High Voltage Energy Management Communication Enable Circuits for a Short to Ground
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EC1 or P1EC2: Battery Energy Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EF8: Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1F06-P1F09: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0001: High Speed CAN Communication Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0020: Low Speed CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0073 or U2100: CAN Bus Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0074: Control Module Communication Powertrain Expansion
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Voltage
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Ground
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short between the Circuits
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for an Open/High Resistance
            • Testing the Device Circuits
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0077: Control Module Communication Chassis Expansion
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U007A: Control Module Communication High Voltage Energy Management
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Voltage
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Ground
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short between the Circuits
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for an Open/High Resistance
            • Testing the Device Circuits
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0078: Control Module Communication Low Speed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0100 - U02FF: Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0300 - U0336: Software Incompatibility
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0400 - U05FF: Invalid Data Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1500-U15FF: Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1793: 14V Power Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1795: 14V Power Module Powertrain Expansion
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U179A: Lost Communication with Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1803: Lost Communication with Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1806: Battery Energy Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U1807: Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U180A: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U180B: Battery Energy Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U180C: Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U180D: Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U1814: Powertrain Wake-Up Communication Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1817: Lost Communication with Hybrid Powertrain Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1818: Lost Communication with Engine Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1821: Lost Communication with 14V Power Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U182D: Lost Communication with Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U182E or U182F: Drive Motor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1833: Lost Communication with Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1838: Lost Communication with Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1839: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U183B: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U183C: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U183E: Lost Communication with Telematics Communication Interface Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
    • Data Communication System - DTC U1845 To DTC U2612 And Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC U1845 or U1846: Drive Motor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1849: Drive Motor Control Module 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U184A: Lost Communication with Body Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U184B: Lost Communication with Remote Heater and Air Conditioning Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U184C: Lost Communication with Instrument Cluster
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U184D: Lost Communication With Radio
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U184E: Lost Communication with Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1850: Drive Motor Control Module 2 Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1858: Electronic Brake Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U185A: Lost Communication with Battery Energy Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U185B: Battery Energy Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U185C: Battery Charger Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1860: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1861: Battery Charger Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U186A: Electronic Brake Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U186B: Electronic Brake Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1876: Drive Motor Control Module 1 Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1879: Drive Motor Control Module 2 Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1885: Battery Energy Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U18B9-U18BF: High Speed CAN Bus Subnet
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2099: High Speed Communication Enable Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2613-U2615: Drive Motor Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2101: CAN Bus Maximum List of Control Modules
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2401: Battery Energy Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Voltage
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Ground
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short Between the Circuits
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for an Open/High Resistance
            • Testing the Device Circuits
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2602: Battery Energy Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2603: Battery Energy Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2604: Battery Energy Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2605: Battery Energy Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2606: Battery Energy Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2608: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2609: Battery Charger Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2611: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U2612: Battery Charger Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Data Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Chassis High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Voltage
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Ground
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short between the Circuits
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for an Open/High Resistance
            • Testing the Device Circuits
          • Repair Instructions
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Voltage
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Ground
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short between the Circuits
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for an Open/High Resistance
            • Testing the Device Circuits
          • Repair Instructions
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Low Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Voltage
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Ground
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuit for an Open/High Resistance
          • Repair Instructions
        • Data Link References
    • Data Communication System - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
        • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Replacement
    • Data Communication System - Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Data Communication Wiring Schematics
          • High Speed GMLAN
          • High Speed GMLAN (RHD)
          • High Voltage Management and Powertrain Expansion Busses
          • Chassis Expansion Bus
          • Mid Speed GMLAN
          • Low Speed CAN
          • Communications Enable
          • Serial Data Wake-Up
          • Linear Interconnect Network (LIN)
        • Body Control System Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground and Data Communication
          • Subsystem References (1 of 3)
          • Subsystem References (2 of 3)
          • Subsystem References (3 of 3)
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory DC Power Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Audio Amplifier Programming and Setup
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
        • Battery Charger Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Battery Energy Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Chassis Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Coolant Heater Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Drive Motor Power Inverter Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Electronic Brake Control Module or Reprogram Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Electronic Parking Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • K20 Engine Control Module: Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Front View Camera Module Programming and Setup
          • Front View Camera Module Replacement
          • Front View Camera Module Reprogramming
        • Garage Door Opener Programming and Setup
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Heated Seat Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • HVAC System Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hybrid Battery Interface Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Immobilizer Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Instrument Cluster Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Keyless Entry Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Object Alarm Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Parking Assist Control Module Replacement
          • Parking Assist Control Module Reprogramming
        • Passenger Presence System Programming and Setup
        • Power Steering Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Control Programming and Setup
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Radio Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • XM Activation (If Equipped)
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Steering Column Lock Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Steering Column Lock Control Module or Reprogram Steering Column Lock Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Programming and Setup (with UKF)
          • Notes
          • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Programming and Setup (with UE1)
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Receiver Programming and Setup (UJN)
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Transmission Auxiliary Fluid Pump Control Module Programming and Setup
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Wiring Schematics
        • Cruise Control
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • DTC B3794, P0564, P0565, P0567, P0568, P056C, P0580, P0581, P155A-P155C or P162C: Cruise Control Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0571: Cruise Control Brake Switch
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0572 or P0573: Brake Switch Circuit 1
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0575: Cruise Control Switch Signal
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0703: Brake Switch Signal
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Indicator Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Cruise Control Switch Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control System Description and Operation
        • Cruise Control System Block Diagram
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
        • Cruise Control Inhibit Reasons
  • Drivers Assistance Systems - ADAS
    • Object Detection And Pedestrian Protection System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Object Detection Wiring Schematics
          • Front Park Assist (UDF)
          • Rear Park Assist (UD7)
          • Rearview Camera (UVC)
          • Forward Collision (UEU) and Lane Departure (UFL)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0954, B0955, B0956 or B0957: Parking Assist Front Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0958, B0959, B0960 or B0961: Parking Assist Rear Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0967 or B0968: Parking Assist On/Off Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Parking Assist Switch Malfunction
            • Parking Assist Switch Indicator Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0987: Vehicle Direction Camera Indicator
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1011: System Disabled Information
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1015: Vehicle Identification Number
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1405: Control Module Voltage Reference Output 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B356A: Vehicle Direction Warning Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Test
            • Static Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B390D: Frontview Camera Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Object Detection
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Forward Collision Alert System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Frontview Camera Module Malfunction
            • Forward Collision Alert Switch Malfunction
          • Component Test
            • Switch Static Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Parking Assist System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Parking Assist Switch Circuit Malfunction
            • Parking Assist Switch Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Vision Camera System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Lane Departure Warning System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Lane Departure Warning Switch Malfunction
            • Lane Departure Warning Switch Indicator Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front and Rear Object Alarm Module Replacement
        • Front Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Parking Assist Alarm Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front View Camera Replacement
        • Rearview Camera Image Display Module Replacement
        • Front View Camera Module Calibration
          • Notes
          • Calibration
          • If Slow to Calibrate
          • No Calibration
      • Description and Operation
        • Object Detection Description and Operation (with Lane Departure Warning - UFL)
          • Notes
          • Lane Departure Warning Operation
            • Notes
            • Lane Crossing Alerts
          • Lane Departure Warning System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Object Detection Description and Operation (with Forward Collision Alert - UEU)
          • Notes
          • Forward Collision Alert System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Object Detection Description and Operation (with Park Assist - UD5)
          • Notes
          • Parking Assist Operation
          • Parking Assist System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Object Detection Description and Operation (with Rear Vision Camera - UVC)
          • Rear Vision Camera System Operation
        • Parking Assist Description and Operation (with Rear Park Assist, UD7)
          • Notes
          • Rear Parking Assist Operation
          • Parking Assist System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Parking Assist Description and Operation (with Front and Rear Park Assist, UDF)
          • Notes
          • Parking Assist Operation
          • Parking Assist System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Lane Departure Warning Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Lane Departure Warning Operation
            • Notes
            • Lane Crossing Alerts
          • Lane Departure Warning System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Lane Keep Assist Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Lane Keep Assist Operation
            • Notes
            • Lane Crossing Alerts
          • Lane Keep Assist System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Cross Traffic Alert Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Rear Cross Traffic Alert System Components
          • Rear Cross Traffic Alert Operation
          • Rear Cross Traffic Alert Driver Information Center Messages
        • Side Blind Zone Alert Description and Operation
          • Side Blind Zone Alert Block Diagram
          • Side Blind Zone Alert System Components
          • Side Blind Zone Alert Operation
          • Side Blind Zone Alert Driver Information Center Messages
        • Forward Collision Alert Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Forward Collision Alert System Driver Information Center Messages
        • Rear Vision Camera Description and Operation
          • Rear Vision Camera System Operation
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Radio/Navigation System Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Antenna and Data Communication (UE1)
          • Power, Ground, Antenna and Data Communication (US3)
          • Amplifier Inputs (UQA)
          • Speakers (UQA)
          • Speakers (UZ6)
          • Auxiliary Audio Input (5JZ)
          • Info Display
          • Digital Radio Receiver (U4D)
        • OnStar®/Telematics Wiring Schematics
          • OnStar® Schematics
        • Cellular Telephone Wiring Schematics
          • Cellular Telephone Microphone (-UE1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0000: Vehicle Speed Information Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0997: Info Display Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1020: Auxiliary Electronic Control Unit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045 or B1055: Audio Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B125A: Antenna Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Coax Cable Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B125C: Satellite Antenna Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Coax Cable Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1265: Switched 14 Volt Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1271: Theft Protection
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1287: Amplifier Control Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit (With UE1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit (Without UE1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2462: Global Positioning System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Without Navigation System
            • With Navigation System
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Coax Cable Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2470: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Coax Cable Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2476 or B2482: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0255-U0257: Lost Communication with Info Display Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Application Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Auxiliary Audio Input Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Auxiliary Audio Input Jack
            • USB
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
            • Auxiliary Audio Input Jack
            • USB Port
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Auxiliary Audio Input Jack
            • USB Port
          • Repair Instructions
        • Bluetooth® Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Coax Cable Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar® Microphone Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Microphone Malfunction
            • Cellular Telephone Voice Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Navigation System - Voice Recognition Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar® Audio Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Without Navigation System
            • With Navigation System
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Coax Cable Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Button LED Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Green LED Test
            • Red LED Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar® Button Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar® Steering Wheel Control Functions Malfunction
        • Radio Controls Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Information Display Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Coax Cable Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Speaker Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Speaker Malfunction - Without Amplifier
            • Speaker Malfunction - With Amplifier
          • Repair Instructions
        • Unable to Contact OnStar® Call Center
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Coax Cable Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar® Voice Recognition Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
        • Communication Center Call Switch Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (LHD)
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (RHD)
        • Communication Interface Module Bracket Replacement (LHD)
        • Communication Interface Module Bracket Replacement (RHD)
        • Radio Replacement
        • Radio Control Assembly Replacement
        • Audio Disc Player, USB, Auxiliary In and Memory Card Receptacle Replacement
        • Radio Speaker Amplifier Replacement
        • Navigation Signal Splitter Replacement (LHD)
        • Navigation Signal Splitter Replacement (RHD)
        • Mobile Telephone Control Module Replacement (Holden LHD)
        • Mobile Telephone Control Module Replacement (Holden RHD)
        • Radio Antenna Base Replacement
        • Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Radio and Telephone Control Switch Replacement
        • Radio Windshield Side Garnish Molding Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Rear Side Door Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Rear Compartment Speaker Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar® Description and Operation (with UKF)
          • Notes
          • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module
          • Cellular and GPS Antennas
          • Deactivated Telematics Service
          • Cellular, GPS and Diagnostic Limitations
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
        • OnStar® Description and Operation (with UE1)
          • Notes
          • OnStar® Block Diagram
          • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module
          • OnStar® Three Button Assembly
          • Secondary OnStar® Controls
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and GPS Antennas
          • OnStar® RemoteLink
          • Compass Heading
          • Bluetooth® (If Equipped)
          • Bluetooth® Features Supported
          • Pairing a Bluetooth® Cellular Phone to the Vehicle
          • Back-up Battery (If Equipped)
          • WiFi Hotspot
          • Audio System Interface
          • OnStar® Sleep Cycle
          • Features
          • Teletypewriter (TTY) Users
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS and Diagnostic Limitations
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Radio Circuit Operation
          • Information Display and Controls
          • Antenna System
          • Radio Reception
          • Speaker Operation
          • Audio Amplifier (If Equipped)
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Auxiliary Audio Input Jack (If equipped)
          • USB Port (If Equipped)
          • Bluetooth® (If Equipped)
          • Applications (If equipped)
          • Navigation System Components and Features (if equipped)
          • OnStar® (If equipped)
          • Steering Wheel Controls (If equipped)
          • Auto Volume Control
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
        • Special Tools (MIT Tool Instructions)
          • Bluetooth® Pairing for Vehicles with Radio RPO: UF7
          • Holden Radio Bluetooth® Pairing Instructions
          • For all other Radios
            • Testing the Bluetooth® Function
            • Standard Bluetooth® Pairing/Bonding
            • Streaming Audio
            • To Place a Test Call
            • Testing the AUX/Line-In Function
            • Testing the USB Function
          • Troubleshooting Guide
            • Notes
            • Unit not Working
            • Problem with Aux/Line-In Test
            • Problem with USB Test
            • Problem with Bluetooth® Pairing
            • Problem with Bluetooth® Test Call Audio
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Wiring Schematics
          • Daytime Running Lamps and Low Beams
          • High Beams
          • Headlamp Leveling (TR6)
        • Fog Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Rear Fog Light (T79)
        • Exterior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Park, Tail and License Lamps (GMNA)
          • Park, Tail and License Lamps (-GMNA)
          • Front Turn Signals and Controls (GMNA)
          • Front Turn Signals and Controls (-GMNA)
          • Rear Turn Signals, Stop Lamps and Backup Lamp
        • Interior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Interior Lights
        • Interior Lights Dimming Wiring Schematics
          • Display Dimming
          • Controls Dimming
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B096F: Power Mode Switch Assembly Backlight Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1395: Control Module Voltage Reference Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2545: Backup Lamps Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2570: Trunk Lamp Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2575 or B2699: Headlamps Control Circuit/Right Headlamp Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B257A: Headlamp Switch Input Signals
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2585 or B3867: Left/Right Park Lamps Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2600 or B2605: Left/Right Daytime Running Lamps Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3596: Hazard Lamps Request Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3600: Passenger Compartment Dimming Request Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3650: High Beam Request Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3806: High Beam and Headlamp Flash Select Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3881 or B3882: Left Tail Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3883: License Plate Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3884: Center High Mounted Stop Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3948 or B3949: Left/Right Front Turn Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3950 or B3951: Left/Right Rear Turn Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0277 or C0890: Brake Pedal Position Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0297: Brake Applied Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Courtesy Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Daytime Running Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Ambient Light Sensor Malfunction
            • Daytime Running Lamp Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Dome Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Dome Lamp Switch Malfunction
            • Dome Lamps Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hazard Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Headlamp Switch Malfunction
            • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Malfunction
            • Headlamps Malfunction - Low Beam
            • Headlamps Malfunction - High Beam
            • High Beam Indicator Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Dimmer Switch Malfunction
            • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
            • Vehicle ON/OFF Switch Backlighting Malfunction
            • Switch Backlighting Malfunction
            • Park Assist Switch Amber LED Backlighting Malfunction
            • Passenger Air Bag Disable Indicator Backlighting Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Park, License and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Park Lamp Switch Malfunction
            • Park Lamps Malfunction
            • License Plate Lamps Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Malfunction
            • Stop Lamps Malfunction
            • Center High Mount Stop Lamp Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Malfunction
            • Turn Signal Lamps Malfunction
            • Tail Lamp Outage Detection Malfunction
            • Turn Signal Indicators Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Notes
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Replacement
        • Dome and Reading Lamp Replacement
        • Dome and Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Front Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Reflector Replacement
        • Front Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Cargo Center Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Low Beam Headlamps
          • High Beam Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps
          • Flash to Pass
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Park, Tail and License Lamps
          • Rear Fog Lamps RPO T79
          • Stop Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Repeater Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Inadvertent Power
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
      • Specifications
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Resistance
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Data Communication and Indicators
        • Driver Information System Wiring Schematics
          • Driver Information Center
        • Audible Warnings Wiring Schematics
          • Audible Warning
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0158: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Static Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0550: Odometer Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B071F: Transmission Range Indicator
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B124F: MOST Programming
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Displays and Gauges
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gauges and Odometer
            • Indicators
        • DTC B3567: Driver Information Center Switch Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0520: Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0461-P0464: Fuel Gauge Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0461 00
            • P0462
            • P0463
            • P0464
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Chime Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Cluster Gauges Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Cluster Display Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Leaf Button Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Driver Information Display Replacement
        • Driver Information Display and Multifunction Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Cluster Replacement
        • Battery Charge Indicator Replacement
        • Accessory Switch Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Auto Stop Mode
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Brake Warning
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Object Detection
          • Additional Warnings
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Menu
          • Trip A and Trip B
          • Oil Life
          • Outside Air Temperature
          • Tire Pressure
          • Vehicle Messages
          • Units
          • Tutorial Mode
          • Language
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Indicator LIGHT ON
          • Message Displayed
          • Change Timing Belt Message
          • Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
        • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Battery and Driver Efficiency Gauges
          • Fuel Level Gauge
          • Speedometer
          • Odometer
          • Compass
          • Driver Information Center Display
  • Headlights
    • Lighting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Wiring Schematics
          • Daytime Running Lamps and Low Beams
          • High Beams
          • Headlamp Leveling (TR6)
        • Fog Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Rear Fog Light (T79)
        • Exterior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Park, Tail and License Lamps (GMNA)
          • Park, Tail and License Lamps (-GMNA)
          • Front Turn Signals and Controls (GMNA)
          • Front Turn Signals and Controls (-GMNA)
          • Rear Turn Signals, Stop Lamps and Backup Lamp
        • Interior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Interior Lights
        • Interior Lights Dimming Wiring Schematics
          • Display Dimming
          • Controls Dimming
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B096F: Power Mode Switch Assembly Backlight Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1395: Control Module Voltage Reference Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2545: Backup Lamps Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2570: Trunk Lamp Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2575 or B2699: Headlamps Control Circuit/Right Headlamp Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B257A: Headlamp Switch Input Signals
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2585 or B3867: Left/Right Park Lamps Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2600 or B2605: Left/Right Daytime Running Lamps Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3596: Hazard Lamps Request Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3600: Passenger Compartment Dimming Request Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3650: High Beam Request Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3806: High Beam and Headlamp Flash Select Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3881 or B3882: Left Tail Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3883: License Plate Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3884: Center High Mounted Stop Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3948 or B3949: Left/Right Front Turn Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3950 or B3951: Left/Right Rear Turn Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0277 or C0890: Brake Pedal Position Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0297: Brake Applied Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Courtesy Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Daytime Running Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Ambient Light Sensor Malfunction
            • Daytime Running Lamp Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Dome Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Dome Lamp Switch Malfunction
            • Dome Lamps Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hazard Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Headlamp Switch Malfunction
            • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Malfunction
            • Headlamps Malfunction - Low Beam
            • Headlamps Malfunction - High Beam
            • High Beam Indicator Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Dimmer Switch Malfunction
            • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
            • Vehicle ON/OFF Switch Backlighting Malfunction
            • Switch Backlighting Malfunction
            • Park Assist Switch Amber LED Backlighting Malfunction
            • Passenger Air Bag Disable Indicator Backlighting Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Park, License and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Park Lamp Switch Malfunction
            • Park Lamps Malfunction
            • License Plate Lamps Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Malfunction
            • Stop Lamps Malfunction
            • Center High Mount Stop Lamp Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Malfunction
            • Turn Signal Lamps Malfunction
            • Tail Lamp Outage Detection Malfunction
            • Turn Signal Indicators Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Notes
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Replacement
        • Dome and Reading Lamp Replacement
        • Dome and Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Front Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Reflector Replacement
        • Front Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Cargo Center Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Low Beam Headlamps
          • High Beam Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps
          • Flash to Pass
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Park, Tail and License Lamps
          • Rear Fog Lamps RPO T79
          • Stop Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Repeater Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Inadvertent Power
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Fixed And MOVEABLE Window System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Wiring Schematics
          • Driver
          • Passenger
          • Rear
        • Defogger Wiring Schematics
          • Defogger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0283: Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Rear View Mirror Heater Relay Test
            • Rear Defogger Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B316B, B317A, B318A or B319A: Driver/Passenger/Left Rear/Right Rear Window Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3205: Driver Window Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Windows Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Driver Window Motor Malfunction
            • Driver Window Switch Malfunction
            • Passenger/Rear Power Window Inoperative
          • Component Testing
            • Passenger Window Motor
          • Repair Instructions
        • Side Door Window Mechanical Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Adjustment
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Adjustment
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Liftgate Upper Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Lower Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Rear Channel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window and Multifunction Switch Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
          • Window Motor Normalized Procedure
          • Window Motor Relearn Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement (Upper)
        • Rear Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement (Lower)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement (Upper)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement (Lower)
        • Front Side Door Window Outer Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Outer Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Adhesive Installation of Windshields
        • Adhesive Installation of Liftgate Windows (Upper)
        • Adhesive Installation of Liftgate Windows (Lower)
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Driver Express Up and Express Down Power Window Motor
          • Passenger, Left Rear and Right Rear Express Down Window Motors
          • Lockout Switch Feature
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Defogger Block System Diagram
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Urethane Adhesive Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Horn Wiring Schematics
          • Horns
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • DTC B274E or B274F: Low Horn Output Short to Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Horn Switch Malfunction
            • Horns or Horn Command Malfunction
            • Horn - Poor Tone
            • Pedestrian Friendly Alert Switch Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Horn Test
            • Horn Switch
            • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Test
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Horn Contact Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • Horn Block Diagram
          • System Operation
          • Horn Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Wiring Schematics
          • Immobilizer
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2955: Security Sensor Data
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B302A: Mobile Telephone Communications Interface
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3031: Security Controller
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3055: Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B305C: Immobilizer Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3060: Transponder Identification Code
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B389A: Environment Identification
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3902: Immobilizer Identifier
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3924-B3928: Incorrect Environmental Identifier
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3935: Transponder Authentication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3976: Unconfigured Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3978-B3982: Incorrect Environmental Identifier
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3984: Device 1 Environment Identifier
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Key
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0633: Immobilizer Key
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P162B: Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1631: Immobilizer Fuel Enable Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P1649: Immobilizer Security Code
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Immobilizer
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar Stolen Vehicle Slowdown Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
        • Immobilizer System Component Programming
          • Notes
          • Unable to Complete Programming
        • Key with Integrated Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Replacing Keys (Without SPS)
          • Replacing Keys (With SPS)
          • Adding Keys (Without SPS)
          • Adding Keys (With SPS)
          • Unable to Complete Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Immobilizer Antenna
          • Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Environment Identifier
          • Security Indicator
        • Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Description and Operation
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • GMLAN and Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
          • Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repair
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Repair
          • Electrical Grounds
            • Notes
            • M6 Weld Stud Replacement
            • M6 Weld Nut
            • M6 Weld Nut (Alternative Repair)
            • M8 Weld Nut
            • M8 Weld Nut (Alternative Repair)
          • Securing Loose Electrical Ground Connections
        • Fuse Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Wiring Junction Block Replacement
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Radio/Navigation System Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Antenna and Data Communication (UE1)
          • Power, Ground, Antenna and Data Communication (US3)
          • Amplifier Inputs (UQA)
          • Speakers (UQA)
          • Speakers (UZ6)
          • Auxiliary Audio Input (5JZ)
          • Info Display
          • Digital Radio Receiver (U4D)
        • OnStar®/Telematics Wiring Schematics
          • OnStar® Schematics
        • Cellular Telephone Wiring Schematics
          • Cellular Telephone Microphone (-UE1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0000: Vehicle Speed Information Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0997: Info Display Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1020: Auxiliary Electronic Control Unit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045 or B1055: Audio Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B125A: Antenna Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Coax Cable Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B125C: Satellite Antenna Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Coax Cable Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1265: Switched 14 Volt Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1271: Theft Protection
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1287: Amplifier Control Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit (With UE1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit (Without UE1)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2462: Global Positioning System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Without Navigation System
            • With Navigation System
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Coax Cable Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2470: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Coax Cable Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2476 or B2482: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0255-U0257: Lost Communication with Info Display Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Application Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Auxiliary Audio Input Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Auxiliary Audio Input Jack
            • USB
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
            • Auxiliary Audio Input Jack
            • USB Port
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Auxiliary Audio Input Jack
            • USB Port
          • Repair Instructions
        • Bluetooth® Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Coax Cable Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar® Microphone Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Microphone Malfunction
            • Cellular Telephone Voice Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Navigation System - Voice Recognition Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar® Audio Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Without Navigation System
            • With Navigation System
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Coax Cable Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Button LED Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Green LED Test
            • Red LED Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar® Button Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar® Steering Wheel Control Functions Malfunction
        • Radio Controls Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Information Display Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Coax Cable Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Speaker Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Speaker Malfunction - Without Amplifier
            • Speaker Malfunction - With Amplifier
          • Repair Instructions
        • Unable to Contact OnStar® Call Center
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Coax Cable Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar® Voice Recognition Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
        • Communication Center Call Switch Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (LHD)
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (RHD)
        • Communication Interface Module Bracket Replacement (LHD)
        • Communication Interface Module Bracket Replacement (RHD)
        • Radio Replacement
        • Radio Control Assembly Replacement
        • Audio Disc Player, USB, Auxiliary In and Memory Card Receptacle Replacement
        • Radio Speaker Amplifier Replacement
        • Navigation Signal Splitter Replacement (LHD)
        • Navigation Signal Splitter Replacement (RHD)
        • Mobile Telephone Control Module Replacement (Holden LHD)
        • Mobile Telephone Control Module Replacement (Holden RHD)
        • Radio Antenna Base Replacement
        • Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Radio and Telephone Control Switch Replacement
        • Radio Windshield Side Garnish Molding Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Rear Side Door Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Rear Compartment Speaker Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar® Description and Operation (with UKF)
          • Notes
          • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module
          • Cellular and GPS Antennas
          • Deactivated Telematics Service
          • Cellular, GPS and Diagnostic Limitations
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
        • OnStar® Description and Operation (with UE1)
          • Notes
          • OnStar® Block Diagram
          • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module
          • OnStar® Three Button Assembly
          • Secondary OnStar® Controls
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and GPS Antennas
          • OnStar® RemoteLink
          • Compass Heading
          • Bluetooth® (If Equipped)
          • Bluetooth® Features Supported
          • Pairing a Bluetooth® Cellular Phone to the Vehicle
          • Back-up Battery (If Equipped)
          • WiFi Hotspot
          • Audio System Interface
          • OnStar® Sleep Cycle
          • Features
          • Teletypewriter (TTY) Users
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS and Diagnostic Limitations
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Radio Circuit Operation
          • Information Display and Controls
          • Antenna System
          • Radio Reception
          • Speaker Operation
          • Audio Amplifier (If Equipped)
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Auxiliary Audio Input Jack (If equipped)
          • USB Port (If Equipped)
          • Bluetooth® (If Equipped)
          • Applications (If equipped)
          • Navigation System Components and Features (if equipped)
          • OnStar® (If equipped)
          • Steering Wheel Controls (If equipped)
          • Auto Volume Control
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
        • Special Tools (MIT Tool Instructions)
          • Bluetooth® Pairing for Vehicles with Radio RPO: UF7
          • Holden Radio Bluetooth® Pairing Instructions
          • For all other Radios
            • Testing the Bluetooth® Function
            • Standard Bluetooth® Pairing/Bonding
            • Streaming Audio
            • To Place a Test Call
            • Testing the AUX/Line-In Function
            • Testing the USB Function
          • Troubleshooting Guide
            • Notes
            • Unit not Working
            • Problem with Aux/Line-In Test
            • Problem with USB Test
            • Problem with Bluetooth® Pairing
            • Problem with Bluetooth® Test Call Audio
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels And Closures
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Clearance and Flushness Specifications (Volt)
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Hood Latch Wiring Schematics
          • Hood Latch Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3006: Hood Ajar Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P257D-P257F: Engine Hood Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Bolted Exterior Body Panels and Closures
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Hood Ajar Indicator/Message Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Suspension Strut Housing Brace Replacement
        • Hood Primary Latch Release Cable Replacement
        • Front Side Door Adjustment
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Adjustment
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Replacement
        • Front Fender Replacement - Left Side
        • Front Fender Replacement - Right Side
        • Liftgate Adjustment
        • Liftgate Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Hinge and Lower Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
        • Liftgate Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Upper Hinge and Lower Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Replacement
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
        • Hood Primary and Secondary Latch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Check Link Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Check Link Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Housing Replacement
        • Hood Hold-Open Rod Replacement
        • Hood Front Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Hood Rear Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Front Compartment Front Sight Shield Replacement
        • Front Compartment Side Sight Shield Replacement
        • Liftgate Strut Replacement
        • Front or Rear Side Door Lower Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Door Side
        • Front Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Body Side
        • Liftgate Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Door Side
        • Rear Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Body Side
      • Description and Operation
        • Hood Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Hood Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Hood Ajar Operation - Body Control Module
          • Hood Ajar Operation - Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement
        • Body Panel Paint Protector Replacement (VGC)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Volt)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Chevrolet Bowtie)
        • Front Side Door Window Frame Rear Applique Replacement
          • Stripes or Decals
          • Stripe or Decal Removal
          • Stripe or Decal Installation - Wet Method
        • Liftgate Side Applique Replacement
        • Quarter Panel Tail Lamp Upper Molding Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Frame Rear Applique Replacement
          • Stripes or Decals
          • Stripe or Decal Removal
          • Stripe or Decal Installation - Wet Method
        • Front Bumper Lower Fascia Center Grille Replacement
        • Front Grille Replacement
        • Hood Rear Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Front Fender Upper Rear Molding Replacement
        • Rocker Panel Molding Replacement
        • Roof Panel Molding Retainer Replacement
        • Roof Panel Joint Finish Molding Replacement
        • Rear End Spoiler Replacement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Floor Coverings And HEADLININGS
      • Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Front Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
        • Front Side Door Opening Floor Carpet Retainer Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Opening Floor Carpet Retainer Replacement
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
        • Headliner Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Lower Trim Panel Insulator Replacement
        • Steering Column Opening Lower Filler Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Side Trim Panel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Cover Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Upper Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Upper Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Lower Extension Trim Panel Replacement
        • Upper Trim Pad Retainer Replacement
        • Lower Trim Pad Retainer Replacement (Inner)
        • Lower Trim Pad Retainer Replacement (Outer)
        • Instrument Panel Upper Center Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Lower Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Dampener Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Tie Bar Replacement
          • Instrument Panel Electrical Centers Service Positioning
          • Communication Interface Module Bracket Service Positioning
          • Instrument Panel Tie Bar
        • Front Floor Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Side Cover Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Extension Replacement - Right Side
        • Front Floor Console Extension Replacement - Left Side
        • Front Floor Console Retainer Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Replacement
        • Rear Floor Console Replacement
        • Rear Floor Console Armrest Replacement
        • Rear Floor Console Armrest Latch Replacement (Upper Bin)
        • Rear Floor Console Armrest Latch Replacement (Lower Bin)
        • Rear Floor Lower Console Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Hinge Cover Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Trim Plate Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Applique Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Rear Cover Replacement
        • Roof Console Replacement
    • Interior Trim And Interior Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Side Door Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement (Drivers Side Door)
        • Front Side Door Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement (Passenger Side Door)
        • Rear Side Door Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement
        • Front Side Door Trim Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Roof Rail Rear Assist Handle Replacement
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Mount Plate Cover Replacement
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunshade Support Replacement
        • Windshield Side Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Center Pillar Trim Panel Replacement
        • Body Lock Pillar Upper Trim Panel Replacement
        • Quarter Inner Trim Finish Panel Replacement
        • Rear End Trim Finish Panel Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Floor Stowage Compartment Door Pull Strap Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Floor Stowage Trim Compartment Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Floor Panel Trim Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Trim Replacement
        • Liftgate Window Side Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Liftgate Window Upper Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Liftgate Upper Trim Finish Panel Replacement
        • Liftgate Lower Trim Finish Panel Replacement
        • Body Side Air Outlet Deflector Replacement
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
        • Seats - Adjuster Track Locks Ahead of Other Track
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Removal and Installation
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Outer Finish Panel Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Vertical Actuator Handle Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Handle Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Track Finish Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Adjust Knob Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Closeout Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Outer Recliner Finish Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Inner Recliner Finish Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Pad Wire Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Pad Wire Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Finish Panel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Latch Striker Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Pivot Support Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Removal and Installation
        • Rear Seat Latch Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Panel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Latch Release Handle Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Anchor Plate Bezel Replacement
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Wiring Schematics
          • Daytime Running Lamps and Low Beams
          • High Beams
          • Headlamp Leveling (TR6)
        • Fog Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Rear Fog Light (T79)
        • Exterior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Park, Tail and License Lamps (GMNA)
          • Park, Tail and License Lamps (-GMNA)
          • Front Turn Signals and Controls (GMNA)
          • Front Turn Signals and Controls (-GMNA)
          • Rear Turn Signals, Stop Lamps and Backup Lamp
        • Interior Lights Wiring Schematics
          • Interior Lights
        • Interior Lights Dimming Wiring Schematics
          • Display Dimming
          • Controls Dimming
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B096F: Power Mode Switch Assembly Backlight Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1395: Control Module Voltage Reference Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2545: Backup Lamps Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2570: Trunk Lamp Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2575 or B2699: Headlamps Control Circuit/Right Headlamp Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B257A: Headlamp Switch Input Signals
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2585 or B3867: Left/Right Park Lamps Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2600 or B2605: Left/Right Daytime Running Lamps Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3596: Hazard Lamps Request Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3600: Passenger Compartment Dimming Request Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3650: High Beam Request Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3806: High Beam and Headlamp Flash Select Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3881 or B3882: Left Tail Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3883: License Plate Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3884: Center High Mounted Stop Lamp Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3948 or B3949: Left/Right Front Turn Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3950 or B3951: Left/Right Rear Turn Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0277 or C0890: Brake Pedal Position Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0297: Brake Applied Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Courtesy Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Daytime Running Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Ambient Light Sensor Malfunction
            • Daytime Running Lamp Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Dome Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Dome Lamp Switch Malfunction
            • Dome Lamps Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hazard Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Headlamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Headlamp Switch Malfunction
            • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Malfunction
            • Headlamps Malfunction - Low Beam
            • Headlamps Malfunction - High Beam
            • High Beam Indicator Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Dimmer Switch Malfunction
            • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
            • Vehicle ON/OFF Switch Backlighting Malfunction
            • Switch Backlighting Malfunction
            • Park Assist Switch Amber LED Backlighting Malfunction
            • Passenger Air Bag Disable Indicator Backlighting Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Park, License and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Park Lamp Switch Malfunction
            • Park Lamps Malfunction
            • License Plate Lamps Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Malfunction
            • Stop Lamps Malfunction
            • Center High Mount Stop Lamp Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Malfunction
            • Turn Signal Lamps Malfunction
            • Tail Lamp Outage Detection Malfunction
            • Turn Signal Indicators Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Notes
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reading Lamp Replacement
        • Dome and Reading Lamp Replacement
        • Dome and Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Sunshade Illuminated Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Front Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Reflector Replacement
        • Front Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mount Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Cargo Center Courtesy Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Replacement
        • Rear License Plate Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Low Beam Headlamps
          • High Beam Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps
          • Flash to Pass
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Park, Tail and License Lamps
          • Rear Fog Lamps RPO T79
          • Stop Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Repeater Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Inadvertent Power
  • Memory Modules
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Control System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Steering Wheel Secondary/Configurable Control Wiring Schematics
          • Steering Wheel Controls
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1529: Control Module Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3622: Steering Wheel Controls
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Wheel Controls Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Wiring Schematics
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (DD8)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Wiring Schematics
          • Directional Controls and Motors
          • Mirror Heaters
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Mirrors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Heated Mirrors Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Both Outside Heated Mirrors Inoperative
            • Single Outside Heated Mirror Inoperative
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirrors Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Inside Review Mirror Dimming Inoperative
            • Day-Night Disable Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Both Outside Rearview Mirrors Inoperative
            • Driver Outside Mirror Movement Malfunction
            • Passenger Outside Mirror Movement Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Applique Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Housing Cover Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Housing Bezel Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Remote Control Switch Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Inner Actuator Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror Without A45 Block Diagram
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors (If Equipped)
  • Seats
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
        • Seats - Adjuster Track Locks Ahead of Other Track
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Removal and Installation
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Outer Finish Panel Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Vertical Actuator Handle Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Handle Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Track Finish Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Adjust Knob Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Closeout Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Outer Recliner Finish Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Inner Recliner Finish Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Pad Wire Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Pad Wire Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Finish Panel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Latch Striker Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Pivot Support Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Removal and Installation
        • Rear Seat Latch Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Panel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Latch Release Handle Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Anchor Plate Bezel Replacement
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Wiring Schematics
          • Heated Seats (KA1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1925 or B2170: Driver Seat Cushion Heater Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Seat Cushion Heating Element
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2345: Seat Heater Disable Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2425 or B2430: Seat Cushion Heater Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • B2425 0B, B2425 0D or B2425 0E
            • B2430 0B, B2430 0D or B2430 0E
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B242A: Seat Heaters Common Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Seat Heating and Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Front Heated Seat Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Seats
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Seats
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Front Seat Heater Control Module Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Heater Replacement
        • Driver Seat Cushion Heater Replacement
        • Passenger Seat Cushion Heater Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seat Components
          • Heated Seat Block Diagram
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Control System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Steering Wheel Secondary/Configurable Control Wiring Schematics
          • Steering Wheel Controls
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1529: Control Module Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3622: Steering Wheel Controls
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Wheel Controls Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Column Lock Wiring Schematics
          • Steering Column Lock (N06)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B144C: Inverted Run/Start Power Relay
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2515: Steering Column Lock Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2897: Steering Column Lock Motor Lock
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2910: Steering Column Lock
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B305A: Steering Column Lock
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Steering Column Upper Trim Cover Replacement
        • Steering Column Lower Trim Cover Replacement
        • Turn Signal Switch Bracket Replacement
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Spoke Lower Cover Replacement
        • Steering Column Replacement
        • Steering Angle Sensor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Wiring Schematics
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring (UJN)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC C0569: System Configuration Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760 or C0765 (UJN): Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760 or C0765 (UJM): Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0775 (UJN): Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0775 (UJM): Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Malfunction (UJN)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Malfunction (UJM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Replacement (UJM)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Replacement (UJN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Module Replacement
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Learn (UJM)
          • Notes
          • Learn Mode Description
          • Tire Pressure Monitor Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation (UJM)
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Block Diagram
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation (UJN)
          • Auto Learn Tire Pressure Monitoring Block Diagram
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (UJM)
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Fixed And MOVEABLE Window System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Wiring Schematics
          • Driver
          • Passenger
          • Rear
        • Defogger Wiring Schematics
          • Defogger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0283: Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Rear View Mirror Heater Relay Test
            • Rear Defogger Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B316B, B317A, B318A or B319A: Driver/Passenger/Left Rear/Right Rear Window Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3205: Driver Window Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Windows Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Driver Window Motor Malfunction
            • Driver Window Switch Malfunction
            • Passenger/Rear Power Window Inoperative
          • Component Testing
            • Passenger Window Motor
          • Repair Instructions
        • Side Door Window Mechanical Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Adjustment
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Adjustment
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Liftgate Upper Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Lower Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Rear Channel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window and Multifunction Switch Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
          • Window Motor Normalized Procedure
          • Window Motor Relearn Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement (Upper)
        • Rear Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement (Lower)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement (Upper)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement (Lower)
        • Front Side Door Window Outer Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Outer Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Adhesive Installation of Windshields
        • Adhesive Installation of Liftgate Windows (Upper)
        • Adhesive Installation of Liftgate Windows (Lower)
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Driver Express Up and Express Down Power Window Motor
          • Passenger, Left Rear and Right Rear Express Down Window Motors
          • Lockout Switch Feature
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Defogger Block System Diagram
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Urethane Adhesive Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System And Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer Wiring Schematics
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3715: Windshield Wiper Relay
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Malfunction
            • Windshield Wiper Motor Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B371A: Windshield Wiper Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3873: Front Washer Relay
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Windshield Wiper System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Malfunction
            • Windshield Wiper Motor Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
          • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Malfunction
            • Windshield Washer Pump Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
          • Repair Instructions
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Nozzle Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Pump Hose Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Solvent Container Filler Tube Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Solvent Container Grommet Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Solvent Container Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Pump Replacement
        • Plenum Upper Panel Insulator Replacement
        • Plenum Drain Tube Replacement
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Extension Replacement
        • Windshield Wiper Arm Replacement (Driver)
        • Windshield Wiper Arm Replacement (Passenger)
        • Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement (Driver)
        • Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement (Passenger)
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Replacement
        • Windshield Wiper Transmission Replacement
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
          • Exterior:
          • Interior:
        • Wiper Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Windshield Wiper System
          • Windshield Washer System
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Wiring Schematics
          • Immobilizer
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2955: Security Sensor Data
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B302A: Mobile Telephone Communications Interface
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3031: Security Controller
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3055: Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B305C: Immobilizer Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3060: Transponder Identification Code
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B389A: Environment Identification
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3902: Immobilizer Identifier
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3924-B3928: Incorrect Environmental Identifier
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3935: Transponder Authentication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3976: Unconfigured Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3978-B3982: Incorrect Environmental Identifier
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3984: Device 1 Environment Identifier
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Key
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0633: Immobilizer Key
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P162B: Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1631: Immobilizer Fuel Enable Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P1649: Immobilizer Security Code
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Immobilizer
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar Stolen Vehicle Slowdown Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
        • Immobilizer System Component Programming
          • Notes
          • Unable to Complete Programming
        • Key with Integrated Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Replacing Keys (Without SPS)
          • Replacing Keys (With SPS)
          • Adding Keys (Without SPS)
          • Adding Keys (With SPS)
          • Unable to Complete Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Immobilizer Antenna
          • Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Environment Identifier
          • Security Indicator
        • Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Description and Operation
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Remote Function Wiring Schematics
          • Keyless Entry
          • Passive Start
          • Garage Door Opener (UG1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3101: Keyless Entry Data Link Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3105: Keyless Entry Transmitters
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3106: Keyless Entry Data Link
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3109-B3113: Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B310D-B310F: Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3119: Keyless Entry Antenna 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3120: Keyless Entry Antenna 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3121: Keyless Entry Antenna 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3122: Keyless Entry Antenna 4
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3123: Keyless Entry Antenna 5
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3124: Keyless Entry Antenna 6
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • No Remote Detected
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Keyless Entry System Malfunction (Active)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Keyless Entry System Malfunction (Passive)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Passive Transmitter Malfunction
            • Antenna Circuit Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Vehicle Start Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ignition Lock Key Transmitter Antenna Replacement - Instrument Panel
        • Ignition Lock Key Transmitter Antenna Replacement - Floor Console (Front)
        • Ignition Lock Key Transmitter Antenna Replacement - Floor Console (Rear)
        • Ignition Lock Key Transmitter Antenna Replacement - Rear Bumper Fascia
        • Keyless Entry Control Module Replacement
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (Without UVF)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement (With UVF)
        • Garage Door Opener Transmitter Replacement (Volt)
        • Garage Door Opener Transmitter Pushbutton Replacement (Volt)
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Keyless Entry System Description And Operation Diagram (With BTM)
          • Keyless Entry Transmitters
          • Door Antenna
          • Rear Fascia Antenna
          • Front Console Passive (Instrument Panel) Antenna
          • Center Console Antenna
          • Rear Compartment Antenna
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver
          • Immobilizer Antenna Coil Assembly
          • Keyless Entry Control Module
          • OnStar® Remote Link (if equipped)
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Unlock Driver Door Only - Active
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation - Active
          • Unlock Driver Door Only - Passive
          • Unlock All Doors - Passive
          • Lock All Doors - Active
          • Lock All Doors - Passive
          • Rear Compartment Release - Passive
          • Vehicle Locator/Panic Alarm/Active
          • Remote Start
          • Enable/Disable Remote Start
          • Remote Start System Disabled
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Replace Battery in Remote Key Message
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Power Door Lock System And Release Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Wiring Schematics
          • Door Locks (RHD)
          • Door Handle Switches
          • Door Locks (LHD)
          • Door Ajar and Status Switches
        • Release Systems Wiring Schematics
          • Fuel Door
          • Liftgate Release
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1474 or B3849: Passenger/Driver Exterior Door Handle Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1534 or B1535: Left/Rear Rear Door Handle Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2494: Liftgate Handle Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2500: Driver Exterior Unlock Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B297B or B297C: Driver Door Open Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3125, B3130 or B3135: Door Lock Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Driver Door Lock Malfunction
            • Passenger Door Lock Malfunction
            • All Door Locks Inoperative
          • Component Testing
            • Door Latch Test
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3140 or B3150: Driver Door Lock/Unlock Switch (Left Hand Drive)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Central Radio/HVAC Control
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3140 or B3150: Driver Door Lock/Unlock Switch (Right Hand Drive)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Central Door Lock Switch
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3265: Trunk Lid Unlatch Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3618: Exterior Liftgate Unlatch Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3797: Dead Lock Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3930: Child Security Lock Motors Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0CCC, P0CCE or P0CCF: Charge Port Door Position Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P04B6: Fuel Fill Door
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P04B8-P04BA: Fuel Fill Door Position Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P04BB, P04BC or P04C0: Fuel Fill Door Lock
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Fuel Door Lock Actuator
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P04C3-P04C6: Fuel Fill Door Lock Position Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P04C8, P04CA or P04CB: Fuel Fill Door Open Request Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P169D: Fuel Fill Door Open Request Switch Wake-Up Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Charger Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Door Handle Switch Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Filler Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Filler Door Release Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Fuel Door Release Inoperative
            • Refuel Request Switch Inoperative When Module Is Awake
            • Refuel Request Switch Inoperative When Module Is Asleep
          • Component Testing
            • Fuel Door Open Request Switch
            • Fuel Door Lock Actuator
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hatch Release Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Hatch Release Switch Inoperative
            • Liftgate Latch Inoperative
          • Component Testing
            • Rear Compartment Lid Latch
            • Hatch Release Switch
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Static Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Child Lock Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Security Lockout Inoperative
            • Single Door Security Lockout Malfunction
            • Rear Window Lockout Inoperative
          • Component Testing
            • Door Latch Test
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Dead Lock Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Security Lockout Inoperative
            • Single Door Security Lockout Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Door Latch Test
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Lock Key Cylinder Switches Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Locks Malfunction (Right Hand Drive)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Central Door Lock Switch Malfunction
            • Driver Door Lock Malfunction
            • Passenger Door Lock Malfunction
            • All Door Locks Inoperative
          • Component Testing
            • Central Door Lock Switch
            • Door Latch Test
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Door Locks Malfunction (Left Hand Drive)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Central Door Lock Switch Malfunction
            • Driver Door Lock Malfunction
            • Passenger Door Lock Malfunction
            • All Door Locks Inoperative
          • Component Testing
            • Central Door Lock Switch
            • Door Latch Test
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Door Will Not Open/Close, Door Binding or Locks, Handles or Cylinders Do Not Function
      • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Lock Actuator Replacement
        • Front Side Door Inside Handle Cable Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Inside Handle Cable Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Opening the Liftgate Without Electrical Power
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Replacement (Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Replacement (Pass Key Entry ATH)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front and Rear Side Door Outside Handle Rod Clip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Bracket Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Bracket Replacement
        • Liftgate Latch Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Lock Cylinder Opening Cover Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Bezel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Lock Replacement
        • Front Side Door Locking Rod Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Rod Replacement
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Rod Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Rod Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Locking Rod Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Rod Adjustment
        • Rear Side Door Outside Handle Rod Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Lock Striker Replacement
        • Liftgate Latch Striker Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Rear Side Door Lock Striker Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid and Fuel Filler Door Release Switch Replacement
        • Opening the Fuel Tank Filler Door when the Door Lock Malfunctions
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Lock Release Switch Replacement
        • Charger Door Release Switch Replacement
        • Liftgate Release Switch Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Charge Port Door Description and Operation
          • Charge Port System Components
          • Charge Port Ajar Message
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Door Ajar System Block Diagram
          • Driver Door Ajar
          • Passenger Door Ajar
        • Fuel Fill Door Description and Operation
          • Refueling System Components
          • Refueling System Overview
          • Refueling System Operation
        • Liftgate Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Hatch Open Indicator
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Power Door Locks Block Diagram
          • Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passive Door Lock/Unlock Operation
          • Power Door Child Lock Block Diagram
          • Child Door Lockout Operation
          • Power Door Lock Deadlock Operation
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Description and Operation
          • Rear Hatch Release System Components
          • Rear Hatch Release Operation
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Wiring Schematics
          • Theft Deterrent System
          • Content Theft Deterrent Alarm Module and Sensor Module (UTR)
          • Alarm Siren (UTP)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B291A: Content Theft Deterrent Assembly
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B291B: Content Theft Deterrent Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent Malfunction (without UTT or UTP)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Content Theft Deterrent Malfunction (with UTP)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Content Theft Deterrent Malfunction (with UTT)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Inclination/Intrusion Sensor Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Malfunction (with UTR)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Malfunction (with UTP)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Replacement
        • Theft Deterrent Sensor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the Content Theft Deterrent System
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the Content Theft Deterrent System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • Content Theft Deterrent Circuit Description
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Bumpers And Fascias
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Bumper Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Removal and Installation
        • Front Bumper Fascia Guide Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Center Support Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Center Support Bracket Replacement
        • Front Bumper Lower Fascia Replacement
        • Front Bumper Upper Fascia Replacement
        • Front End Panel Outer Deflector Replacement
        • Front End Panel Center Deflector Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Removal and Installation
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Guide Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Inner Guide Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Outer Guide Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Upper Fascia Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Lower Fascia Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Impact Bar Replacement
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels And Closures
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Clearance and Flushness Specifications (Volt)
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Hood Latch Wiring Schematics
          • Hood Latch Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B3006: Hood Ajar Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P257D-P257F: Engine Hood Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Bolted Exterior Body Panels and Closures
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Hood Ajar Indicator/Message Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Suspension Strut Housing Brace Replacement
        • Hood Primary Latch Release Cable Replacement
        • Front Side Door Adjustment
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Adjustment
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Replacement
        • Front Fender Replacement - Left Side
        • Front Fender Replacement - Right Side
        • Liftgate Adjustment
        • Liftgate Replacement
        • Front Side Door Upper Hinge and Lower Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
        • Liftgate Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Upper Hinge and Lower Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Replacement
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
        • Hood Primary and Secondary Latch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Check Link Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Check Link Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Housing Replacement
        • Hood Hold-Open Rod Replacement
        • Hood Front Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Hood Rear Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Front Compartment Front Sight Shield Replacement
        • Front Compartment Side Sight Shield Replacement
        • Liftgate Strut Replacement
        • Front or Rear Side Door Lower Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Door Side
        • Front Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Body Side
        • Liftgate Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Door Side
        • Rear Side Door Weatherstrip Replacement - Body Side
      • Description and Operation
        • Hood Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Hood Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Hood Ajar Operation - Body Control Module
          • Hood Ajar Operation - Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement
        • Body Panel Paint Protector Replacement (VGC)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Volt)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Chevrolet Bowtie)
        • Front Side Door Window Frame Rear Applique Replacement
          • Stripes or Decals
          • Stripe or Decal Removal
          • Stripe or Decal Installation - Wet Method
        • Liftgate Side Applique Replacement
        • Quarter Panel Tail Lamp Upper Molding Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Frame Rear Applique Replacement
          • Stripes or Decals
          • Stripe or Decal Removal
          • Stripe or Decal Installation - Wet Method
        • Front Bumper Lower Fascia Center Grille Replacement
        • Front Grille Replacement
        • Hood Rear Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Front Fender Upper Rear Molding Replacement
        • Rocker Panel Molding Replacement
        • Roof Panel Molding Retainer Replacement
        • Roof Panel Joint Finish Molding Replacement
        • Rear End Spoiler Replacement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Floor Coverings And HEADLININGS
      • Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Front Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
        • Front Side Door Opening Floor Carpet Retainer Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Opening Floor Carpet Retainer Replacement
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
        • Headliner Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Lower Trim Panel Insulator Replacement
        • Steering Column Opening Lower Filler Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Side Trim Panel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Cover Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Upper Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Upper Outer Trim Panel Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Lower Extension Trim Panel Replacement
        • Upper Trim Pad Retainer Replacement
        • Lower Trim Pad Retainer Replacement (Inner)
        • Lower Trim Pad Retainer Replacement (Outer)
        • Instrument Panel Upper Center Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Lower Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Dampener Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Tie Bar Replacement
          • Instrument Panel Electrical Centers Service Positioning
          • Communication Interface Module Bracket Service Positioning
          • Instrument Panel Tie Bar
        • Front Floor Console Compartment Door Hinge Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Side Cover Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Extension Replacement - Right Side
        • Front Floor Console Extension Replacement - Left Side
        • Front Floor Console Retainer Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Replacement
        • Rear Floor Console Replacement
        • Rear Floor Console Armrest Replacement
        • Rear Floor Console Armrest Latch Replacement (Upper Bin)
        • Rear Floor Console Armrest Latch Replacement (Lower Bin)
        • Rear Floor Lower Console Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Armrest Hinge Cover Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Trim Plate Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Applique Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Rear Cover Replacement
        • Roof Console Replacement
    • Interior Trim And Interior Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Side Door Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement (Drivers Side Door)
        • Front Side Door Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement (Passenger Side Door)
        • Rear Side Door Accessory Switch Mount Plate Replacement
        • Front Side Door Trim Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Roof Rail Rear Assist Handle Replacement
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Mount Plate Cover Replacement
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunshade Support Replacement
        • Windshield Side Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Center Pillar Trim Panel Replacement
        • Body Lock Pillar Upper Trim Panel Replacement
        • Quarter Inner Trim Finish Panel Replacement
        • Rear End Trim Finish Panel Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Floor Stowage Compartment Door Pull Strap Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Floor Stowage Trim Compartment Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Floor Panel Trim Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Trim Replacement
        • Liftgate Window Side Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Liftgate Window Upper Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Liftgate Upper Trim Finish Panel Replacement
        • Liftgate Lower Trim Finish Panel Replacement
        • Body Side Air Outlet Deflector Replacement
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
        • Seats - Adjuster Track Locks Ahead of Other Track
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Removal and Installation
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Outer Finish Panel Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Vertical Actuator Handle Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Handle Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Track Finish Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Adjust Knob Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Closeout Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Outer Recliner Finish Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Inner Recliner Finish Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Pad Wire Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Pad Wire Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Finish Panel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Latch Striker Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Pivot Support Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Removal and Installation
        • Rear Seat Latch Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Panel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Latch Release Handle Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Anchor Plate Bezel Replacement
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Underbody Front Air Deflector Replacement - Right Side
        • Underbody Rear Air Deflector Replacement (Volt)
        • Drivetrain and Front Suspension Frame Replacement (Volt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drivetrain and Front Suspension Frame Front Insulator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheelhouse Front Liner Replacement
        • Front Wheelhouse Rear Liner Replacement
        • Rear Wheelhouse Liner Replacement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Wiring Schematics
          • Immobilizer
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2955: Security Sensor Data
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B302A: Mobile Telephone Communications Interface
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3031: Security Controller
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3055: Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B305C: Immobilizer Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B3060: Transponder Identification Code
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B389A: Environment Identification
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3902: Immobilizer Identifier
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3924-B3928: Incorrect Environmental Identifier
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3935: Transponder Authentication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3976: Unconfigured Transponder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3978-B3982: Incorrect Environmental Identifier
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3984: Device 1 Environment Identifier
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Key
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P0633: Immobilizer Key
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P162B: Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1631: Immobilizer Fuel Enable Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC P1649: Immobilizer Security Code
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Immobilizer
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar Stolen Vehicle Slowdown Active
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
        • Immobilizer System Component Programming
          • Notes
          • Unable to Complete Programming
        • Key with Integrated Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Replacing Keys (Without SPS)
          • Replacing Keys (With SPS)
          • Adding Keys (Without SPS)
          • Adding Keys (With SPS)
          • Unable to Complete Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Immobilizer Antenna
          • Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Environment Identifier
          • Security Indicator
        • Remote Vehicle Speed Limiting Description and Operation
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • GMLAN and Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
          • Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repair
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Repair
          • Electrical Grounds
            • Notes
            • M6 Weld Stud Replacement
            • M6 Weld Nut
            • M6 Weld Nut (Alternative Repair)
            • M8 Weld Nut
            • M8 Weld Nut (Alternative Repair)
          • Securing Loose Electrical Ground Connections
        • Fuse Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Wiring Junction Block Replacement
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Wiring Schematics
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (DD8)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Wiring Schematics
          • Directional Controls and Motors
          • Mirror Heaters
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Mirrors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Heated Mirrors Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Both Outside Heated Mirrors Inoperative
            • Single Outside Heated Mirror Inoperative
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirrors Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Inside Review Mirror Dimming Inoperative
            • Day-Night Disable Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Both Outside Rearview Mirrors Inoperative
            • Driver Outside Mirror Movement Malfunction
            • Passenger Outside Mirror Movement Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Applique Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Housing Cover Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Housing Bezel Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Remote Control Switch Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Inner Actuator Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Replacement
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror Without A45 Block Diagram
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors (If Equipped)
  • Seats
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
        • Seats - Adjuster Track Locks Ahead of Other Track
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Removal and Installation
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Outer Finish Panel Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Vertical Actuator Handle Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Adjuster Handle Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Track Finish Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Adjust Knob Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Closeout Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Outer Recliner Finish Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Inner Recliner Finish Cover Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Cushion Pad Wire Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Pad Wire Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Finish Panel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Latch Striker Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Pivot Support Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Removal and Installation
        • Rear Seat Latch Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Removal and Installation
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Panel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Latch Release Handle Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Anchor Plate Bezel Replacement
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Wiring Schematics
          • Heated Seats (KA1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1925 or B2170: Driver Seat Cushion Heater Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Seat Cushion Heating Element
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2345: Seat Heater Disable Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B2425 or B2430: Seat Cushion Heater Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • B2425 0B, B2425 0D or B2425 0E
            • B2430 0B, B2430 0D or B2430 0E
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B242A: Seat Heaters Common Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Seat Heating and Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Front Heated Seat Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wire to Wire Repair - Seats
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Connector Reconnection - Seats
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Front Seat Heater Control Module Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Back Heater Replacement
        • Driver Seat Cushion Heater Replacement
        • Passenger Seat Cushion Heater Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seat Components
          • Heated Seat Block Diagram
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
  • Windows
    • Fixed And MOVEABLE Window System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Wiring Schematics
          • Driver
          • Passenger
          • Rear
        • Defogger Wiring Schematics
          • Defogger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0283: Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Rear View Mirror Heater Relay Test
            • Rear Defogger Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B316B, B317A, B318A or B319A: Driver/Passenger/Left Rear/Right Rear Window Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B3205: Driver Window Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Windows Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Driver Window Motor Malfunction
            • Driver Window Switch Malfunction
            • Passenger/Rear Power Window Inoperative
          • Component Testing
            • Passenger Window Motor
          • Repair Instructions
        • Side Door Window Mechanical Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Adjustment
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Adjustment
          • Causes of Slow Moving Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Liftgate Upper Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Lower Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Rear Channel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window and Multifunction Switch Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
          • Window Motor Normalized Procedure
          • Window Motor Relearn Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement (Upper)
        • Rear Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement (Lower)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement (Upper)
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Reveal Molding Replacement (Lower)
        • Front Side Door Window Outer Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Window Outer Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Adhesive Installation of Windshields
        • Adhesive Installation of Liftgate Windows (Upper)
        • Adhesive Installation of Liftgate Windows (Lower)
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Driver Express Up and Express Down Power Window Motor
          • Passenger, Left Rear and Right Rear Express Down Window Motors
          • Lockout Switch Feature
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Defogger Block System Diagram
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Urethane Adhesive Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Anti-Lock Brake System Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Data Communication and Brake Pedal Control
          • Wheel Speed Signals
          • Vehicle Stability
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2745: Traction Control Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0035-C0050, C1207-C1210, C1221-C1228 or C1232-C1235: Front/Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C005A: Wheel Speed Sensors
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC C0110, C12E0, C12E8 or C12E9: Pump Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C012A, C128B, C128E or C12B2-C12B4: Brake Master Cylinder/ABS Master Cylinder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C012B or C12B6-C12B8: High Pressure Accumulator Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C012C, C121A, C128C, C128F, C12B9, C12BA, C12BB or C12F7: Regenerative Axle Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C012D, C120A, C128A, C128D, C12BC, C12BD or C12BE: ABS Boost Pressure Sensor/Brake Boost Regulation Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C012E or C12FE: Hydraulic Brake Boost Pressure
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C012F, C12A7, C12DC or C12DD: Brake Boost Solenoid Valve Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0161: Anti-Lock Braking System Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0186, C0187, C0196 or C0287: Lateral Acceleration Sensor/Yaw Rate Signal/Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0201, C120D or C120E: Anti-lock Brake System Enable Relay/Traction Control Power Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0242 or P0856: Engine Control Module/Traction Control Torque
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0245, C122E: Wheel Speed Sensor/Tire Size
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0256, C12E6 or C12E7: Valve Relay Primary Circuit/ABS Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0294, C120C or C12F8: Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0299 or C12FF: Brake Booster Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C029C, C120C, C129A-C129F, C12B1 or C12F8: Brake Control Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0552 or C121D: Improper Shutdown/Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0561: System Disabled Information
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056D, C121C-C121F, C123A-C1256, C126C-C127E, C12C2-C12DF or C12F2-C12F6: Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0574: Printed Circuit Board Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0710: Steering Position Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0870 or C12E4: Control Module Voltage Reference/ABS Sensor Reference
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0880, C12E5 or C120F: Control Module Voltage/Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0898: Control Module Power and Ground Circuits
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0914: Control Module Voltage Output 1 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C1120 or C1121: ABS Left Front Hydraulic Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C1122 or C1123: ABS Right Front Hydraulic Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C1124 or C1125: ABS Normally Open Base Brake Solenoid Valve Circuit/Excessive Hydraulic Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1B12: Driver Intended Braking
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Anti-Lock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Traction Control/Stability Control Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Anti-Lock Brake System Automated Bleed
          • Notes
          • Performing the Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Steering Angle Sensor Centering
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module with Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Control Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Control Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Pressure Sensor Calibration
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Yaw Sensor Learn
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • TRW EBC460 Block Diagram
          • Slip Control Boost Overview
          • Vehicle Stability Control
          • Power-up Self-Test
          • United Nations Economic Commission for Europe Regulation Number 13 (ECE 13) Response
          • Driver Information Indicators
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Front Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection
        • Rear Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Disc Brake Pads Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Disc Brake Pads Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pad and Rotor Burnishing
        • Front Brake Caliper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Caliper Overhaul
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Overhaul
          • Disassembly
          • Assembly
        • Front Brake Caliper Hardware Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Hardware Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Rotor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Rotor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - Correction Plates
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - On Vehicle Lathe
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation (Floating Caliper)
          • System Operation (Fixed Caliper)
          • System Characteristics
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Hydraulic Brake Wiring Schematics
          • Hydraulic Brakes
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC C0267: Low Brake Fluid
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pulsation
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Descriptions
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Brake Hydraulic and Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Fluid Level Indicator Switch Replacement
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
        • Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Power Brake Booster Pump Fluid Accumulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Pump Fluid Accumulator Disposal
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake System, Hydraulic, Assist and Control Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake Warning Indicator
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Specifications
    • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Park Brake System Wiring Schematics
        • Park Brake
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • DTC C028A, C028B or C028F: Park Brake Motor
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C027D or C028D: Park Brake Slip/Park Brake Pad
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0293: Park Brake Switch
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Test
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0298: Park Brake Unlatch Switch
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Test
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0558: Calibration Data
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0561: System Disabled Information
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
      • DTC C056D: Electronic Control Unit
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C056E: Electronic Control Unit Software
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • C056E 41 or C056E 5A
          • C056E 42
          • C056E 47 or C056E 71
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0574: Circuit Board Temperature Sensor
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • Electronic Parking Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Switch Replacement
      • Parking Brake Cable Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Rear Cable Replacement - Left Side
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Rear Cable Replacement - Right Side
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Cable Adjuster Disabling
        • Notes
        • Electronic Parking Brake Cable Tension Release
          • With Scan Tool - Preferred Method
          • Without Scan Tool - Optional Method
        • Manual Parking Brake Cable Tension Release
      • Parking Brake Cable Adjuster Enabling
        • Notes
        • Electronic Parking Brake Cable Tensioning
          • With Scan Tool - Preferred Method
          • Without Scan Tool - Optional Method
    • Description and Operation
      • Electronic Parking Brake Description
        • Notes
        • Electric Parking Brake Control Module
        • Electric Parking Brake Apply
        • Electric Parking Brake Release
        • Electric Parking Brake Cable Manual Tension Release
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
        • System Component Description
        • System Operation
  • Traction Control
    • Antilock Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Anti-Lock Brake System Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Data Communication and Brake Pedal Control
          • Wheel Speed Signals
          • Vehicle Stability
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B2745: Traction Control Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0035-C0050, C1207-C1210, C1221-C1228 or C1232-C1235: Front/Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C005A: Wheel Speed Sensors
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC C0110, C12E0, C12E8 or C12E9: Pump Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C012A, C128B, C128E or C12B2-C12B4: Brake Master Cylinder/ABS Master Cylinder
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C012B or C12B6-C12B8: High Pressure Accumulator Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C012C, C121A, C128C, C128F, C12B9, C12BA, C12BB or C12F7: Regenerative Axle Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C012D, C120A, C128A, C128D, C12BC, C12BD or C12BE: ABS Boost Pressure Sensor/Brake Boost Regulation Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C012E or C12FE: Hydraulic Brake Boost Pressure
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C012F, C12A7, C12DC or C12DD: Brake Boost Solenoid Valve Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0161: Anti-Lock Braking System Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0186, C0187, C0196 or C0287: Lateral Acceleration Sensor/Yaw Rate Signal/Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0201, C120D or C120E: Anti-lock Brake System Enable Relay/Traction Control Power Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0242 or P0856: Engine Control Module/Traction Control Torque
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0245, C122E: Wheel Speed Sensor/Tire Size
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0256, C12E6 or C12E7: Valve Relay Primary Circuit/ABS Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0294, C120C or C12F8: Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0299 or C12FF: Brake Booster Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C029C, C120C, C129A-C129F, C12B1 or C12F8: Brake Control Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0552 or C121D: Improper Shutdown/Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0561: System Disabled Information
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056D, C121C-C121F, C123A-C1256, C126C-C127E, C12C2-C12DF or C12F2-C12F6: Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0574: Printed Circuit Board Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0710: Steering Position Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0870 or C12E4: Control Module Voltage Reference/ABS Sensor Reference
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0880, C12E5 or C120F: Control Module Voltage/Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0898: Control Module Power and Ground Circuits
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0914: Control Module Voltage Output 1 Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C1120 or C1121: ABS Left Front Hydraulic Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C1122 or C1123: ABS Right Front Hydraulic Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C1124 or C1125: ABS Normally Open Base Brake Solenoid Valve Circuit/Excessive Hydraulic Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1B12: Driver Intended Braking
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Anti-Lock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Traction Control/Stability Control Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Anti-Lock Brake System Automated Bleed
          • Notes
          • Performing the Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Steering Angle Sensor Centering
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module with Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Control Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Control Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Pressure Sensor Calibration
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Yaw Sensor Learn
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • TRW EBC460 Block Diagram
          • Slip Control Boost Overview
          • Vehicle Stability Control
          • Power-up Self-Test
          • United Nations Economic Commission for Europe Regulation Number 13 (ECE 13) Response
          • Driver Information Indicators
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Wheel Drive Intermediate Shaft Replacement
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint Boot Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassemble Procedure
          • Assemble Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint Boot Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassemble Procedure
          • Assemble Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint Inspection
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Boots And Clamps
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Tripot Joint (Inner Joint)
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Constant Velocity Joint (Outer Joint)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • 12V Battery Management
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1325, B1330, B1517, C0800, C0899, C0900, C12E1, C12E2, P0561-P0563, P1A0C, P1A0D or P1EFC: Device Power/Battery Voltage/System Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1516: Battery Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • B1516 08
            • B1516 66
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B151A: Low Battery Capacity
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B1527: Parasitic Load
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Charging
          • 12 V Battery
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • 300 V Battery
          • Absorbent Glass Mat Battery
          • 12 V Battery
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement (B+ APM Module to Battery Fuse Block)
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement (APM Module Ground Cable)
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Engine Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • 300 V Battery
          • Absorbent Glass Mat Battery
          • 12 V Battery
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • 12 V Battery
          • Electrical Power Management Overview
          • Charging Block Diagram
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Normal Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Headlamp Mode
          • Voltage Reduction Mode
          • Plant Assembly Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster Operation
        • Starting System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Component Locations - Electrical Center Identification Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X1
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X2
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X3
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X4
        • X50B Fuse Block - Underhood Auxiliary Top View
        • X50B Fuse Block - Underhood Auxiliary X1
        • X50B Fuse Block - Underhood Auxiliary X3
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery Top View
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X1
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X2
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X3
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X6
        • X51L Fuse Block- Instrument Panel Left Bottom View
        • X51L Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Left Label
        • X51L Fuse Block- Instrument Panel Left Top View
        • X51L Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Left Wire Entry
        • X51R Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Right Top View
        • X51R Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Right Label
        • X51R Fuse Block- Instrument Panel Right Top View
        • X51R Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Right
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Bottom View
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Label
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Top View LO
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Wire Entry (Fuses)
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body
    • Component Locations - Master Electrical Component List
      • Master Electrical Component List
    • Electrical Component Locator - Door Component Views
      • Door Component Views
        • Driver Door Components (LHD)
        • Driver Door Components (RHD)
        • Passenger Door Components (LHD)
        • Passenger Door Components (RHD)
        • Left Rear Door Components
        • Right Rear Door Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Front Of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
      • Front of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
        • Front of Vehicle Components (Chevrolet)
        • Front of Vehicle Components (Opel)
        • Left Front of Vehicle Components
        • Engine Compartment Components - Front
        • Engine Compartment Components - Left
        • Engine Compartment Components - Right
    • Electrical Component Locator - Ground Views
      • Ground Views
        • G101, G103, G109 and G117
        • G102, G104 and G105
        • G106 and G113
        • G201, G202, G203 and G204
        • G205 and G304
        • G301
        • G302
        • G402 and G404
        • G405 and G406
    • Electrical Component Locator - Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel Components (LHD) (1 of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Components (LHD) (2 of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Components (RHD) (1 of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Components (RHD) (2 of 2)
        • Instrument Panel - HVAC Components (LHD)
        • Instrument Panel - HVAC Components (RHD)
        • Center Console Components
        • Steering Column Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Luggage Compartment/Rear Of Vehicle Component Views
      • Luggage Compartment/Rear of Vehicle Component Views
        • Luggage Compartment Components
        • Liftgate Components
        • Rear of Vehicle Components
        • Right Rear of Vehicle - Fuel Door Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
      • Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
        • Passenger Compartment Components (LHD)
        • Passenger Compartment Components (RHD)
        • Headliner (UVF)
        • Headliner Components (-UVF)
        • Driver Seat Components (LHD)
        • Driver Seat Components (RHD)
        • Passenger Seat Components (RHD)
        • Passenger Seat Components (LHD)
        • Rear Seat Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Powertrain Component Views
      • Powertrain Component Views
        • Transmission Components
        • Left Rear of Engine Components
        • Right Front of Engine Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
      • Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Assembly Components
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Internals
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Section 1
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Section 2
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Section 3
        • Underbody - Fuel System Components
        • Underbody - Steering Components
        • Underbody - Wheel Components
    • Plug-In Charging System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Plug-In Charging Wiring Schematics
          • Charging Port Door
          • Battery Charger
          • Battery State of Charge
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0CF4-P0CF6: Control Pilot Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0CF9 or P0D01: Control Pilot Charging
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D1F: Control Module Date/Time Synchronization
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D21-P0D23: Battery Charger Output
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • The Maxi-Fuse Date Code is Before U38.
          • The Maxi-Fuse Date Code is U38 or Later.
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D26: Battery Charger System Precharge Time
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D2A: Battery Charger Input
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D2B or P0D2C: Control Pilot Indicator
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D39-P0D3B, P0D49, P0D4E, P0D4F, P0D53, P0D54, P1ECB-P1ECD, P1ED0-P1ED2, P1ED6-P1ED9, P1EDB, P1EDC, P1EDE-P1EE1, P1EE3, P1EE5, P1EE7-P1EED, P1EFE-P1F02 or P1F14-P1F16: Battery Charger
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D3E or P0D3F: Battery Charger Input Voltage Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D40, P1EDA, P1EDD or P1F03: Battery Charger Input Voltage Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D43-P0D45: Battery Charger 14V Output Voltage Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D58 or P0D59: Proximity Detection Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D5B, P0D5C, P1ECE or P1EFD: Battery Charger
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D5E: Battery Charger System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Battery Charging System Negative Contactor
            • Battery Charging System Positive Contactor
            • Hybrid/EV Battery Multifunction Contactor
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EE6: Battery Charger AC Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EEF or P0D4A: Battery Charger 14V Output Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EF0 or P1EF1: Battery Charger High Voltage Converter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EF3-P1EF5: Battery Charger Voltage Converter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EFA or P1EFB: Battery Charger High Voltage Converter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Plug-In Charging Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Charging Malfunction
            • Flashing Yellow Indicator
          • Repair Instructions
        • Plug-In Charging Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Charge Port Housing Bezel Replacement
        • Charge Port Door Replacement
        • Charge Port Housing Replacement
        • Charge Port Door Actuator Replacement
        • Charge Port Door Hinge Bezel Replacement
        • Charge Port Door Actuator Cable Replacement
        • Charge Port Door Actuator Seal Replacement
        • Charge Port Door Hinge Seal Replacement
        • Charge Port Door Ajar Indicator Switch Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Charger Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Charger Receptacle Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Plug-In Charging System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Wiring Schematics
          • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlets
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Power Outlets
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Outlet Receptacle Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wireless Charging System Module Replacement
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Outlets Description and Operation
          • 12 Volt Power Outlet Receptacle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Push Button Start
          • Vehicle On
          • Vehicle In Service Mode
          • Vehicle Off
          • Battery Saver Mode (Transport Mode) (If Equipped)
          • BCM Awake/Sleep States
          • Serial Data Wake-Up
        • Retained Accessory Power Description and Operation
          • RAP Description and Operation Block Diagram
          • Retained Accessory Power
          • Relay Controlled Retained Accessory Power
          • Serial Data Controlled Retained Accessory Power
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Fastener Specifications
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Index
      • Component Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - A4 To B204B
      • Component Connector End Views
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X1 X1
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X2 X2
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X3 X3
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X4 X4
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X5 X5
        • A7 Fuel Pump and Level Sensor Assembly
        • A10 Inside Rearview Mirror
        • A11 Radio X1 X1
        • A11 Radio X4 X4
        • A12 Digital Radio Receiver Control Module
        • A20 Radio/HVAC Controls
        • A23C Liftgate Latch Assembly
        • A23D Door Latch Assembly - Driver
        • A23LR Door Latch Assembly - Left Rear
        • A23P Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
        • A23RR Door Latch Assembly - Right Rear
        • A24D Door Handle Assembly - Driver Exterior
        • A24LR Door Handle Assembly - Left Rear Exterior
        • A24P Door Handle Assembly - Passenger Exterior
        • A24RR Door Handle Assembly - Right Rear Exterior
        • B1 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
        • B1C A/C Low Side Pressure Sensor RHD
        • B5LF Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Front
        • B5LR Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Rear
        • B5RF Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Front
        • B5RR Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Rear
        • B7D Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Left Lower
        • B7H Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Left Upper
        • B9 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • B10B Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor
        • B14A Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor
        • B15 Transmission Internal Mode Switch X1
        • B15 Transmission Internal Mode Switch X2
        • B18 Battery Current Sensor
        • B20 Brake Fluid Level Switch
        • B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake
        • B24 Cellular Phone Microphone
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • B30 Hybrid Battery Pack Current Sensor
        • B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • B37 Engine Oil Pressure Switch LHD
        • B39 A/C Evaporator Temperature Sensor
        • B47 Fuel Pressure Sensor
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
        • B55 Hood Ajar Switch
        • B59L Front Impact Sensor - Left
        • B59R Front Impact Sensor - Right
        • B60 Passenger Presence Sensor (UH0 or UH1)
        • B63LF Side Impact Sensor - Left Front
        • B63LR Side Impact Sensor - Left Rear
        • B63RF Side Impact Sensor - Right Front
        • B63RR Side Impact Sensor - Right Rear
        • B68 Knock Sensor
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
        • B75B Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • B78A Front Object Sensor - Left Outer (UDF)
        • B78B Front Object Sensor - Right Outer (UDF)
        • B78C Front Object Sensor - Left Middle (UDF)
        • B78D Front Object Sensor - Right Middle (UDF)
        • B78E Rear Object Sensor - Left Middle (UD7)
        • B78F Rear Object Sensor - Right Middle (UD7)
        • B78G Rear Object Sensor - Left Outer
        • B78H Rear Object Sensor - Right Outer (UD7)
        • B87 Rearview Camera (UVC)
        • B88D Seat Belt Switch - Driver
        • B88LR Seat Belt Switch - Left Rear
        • B88P Seat Belt Switch - Passenger
        • B88RR Seat Belt Switch - Right Rear
        • B99 Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
        • B107 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • B118 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor
        • B135 Coolant Heater Temperature Sensor
        • B150 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • B160 Windshield Temperature and Inside Moisture Sensor UVF/Without UVF
        • B165 Content Theft Deterrent Sensor Module
        • B197 Charge Port Door Position Switch
        • B201 Brake Control Brake Pedal Position Sensor
        • B202 Hybrid Electronics Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • B203 Engine Coolant Radiator Temperature Sensor
        • B204A Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Temperature Sensor 1
        • B204B Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Temperature Sensor 2
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - B207A To K9 X1
      • Component Connector End Views
        • B207A Drive Motor 1 Temperature Sensor
        • B207B Drive Motor 2 Temperature Sensor
        • B208 Fuel Door Status Switch Assembly
        • B228A Drive Motor 1 Position Sensor
        • B228B Drive Motor 2 Position Sensor X1 X1
        • B228B Drive Motor 2 Position Sensor X2 X2
        • B258 Hybrid/EV Battery Coolant Level Switch
        • C4A Hybrid/EV Battery Section 1 X1 X1
        • C4A Hybrid/EV Battery Section 1 X2 X2
        • C4A Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 1 X3
        • C4B Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 2 X1
        • C4B Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 2 X2
        • C4C Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 3 X1
        • C4C Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 3 X2
        • C4C Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 3 X3
        • C4C Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 3 X4
        • E4LF Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front
        • E4N Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left
        • E4P Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right
        • E4RF Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front
        • E4Y Turn Signal Repeater Lamp - Left
        • E4Z Turn Signal Repeater Lamp - Right
        • E5 Backup Lamp T79
        • E5 Backup Lamp Without T79
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp
        • E7L License Plate Lamp - Left
        • E7R License Plate Lamp - Right
        • E14A Seat Heating Element - Driver Back (KA1)
        • E14B Seat Heating Element - Driver Cushion (KA1)
        • E14C Seat Heating Element - Passenger Back (KA1)
        • E14D Seat Heating Element - Passenger Cushion (KA1)
        • E17D Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Driver X1
        • E17D Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Driver X2
        • E17P Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Passenger X1
        • E17P Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Passenger X2
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X1 X1
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X2 X2
        • E29R Fog Lamp - Rear T79
        • E31L Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Left
        • E31R Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Right
        • E32 Cigarette Lighter Receptacle
        • E33 Cargo Lamp
        • E37F Dome/Reading Lamps - Front
        • E37R Dome/Reading Lamps - Rear
        • E41 Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater
        • E42L Tail Lamp Assembly - Left
        • E42R Tail Lamp Assembly - Right
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X1 X1
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X2 X2
        • F103 Drive Motor Power Inverter Module Cable Cover
        • F105L Roof Rail Air Bag - Left
        • F105R Roof Rail Air Bag - Right
        • F106LF Seat Side Air Bag - Left Front
        • F106RF Seat Side Air Bag - Right Front
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X1
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X2
        • F112D Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F112P Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F113D Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F113P Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F114D Knee Air Bag - Driver
        • F114P Knee Air Bag - Passenger
        • F118 Hybrid Battery Pack Connector Jumper Connector
        • G1 A/C Compressor X1 X1
        • G1 A/C Compressor X2 X2
        • G10L Cooling Fan Motor - Left
        • G10R Cooling Fan Motor - Right
        • G12 Fuel Pump
        • G21 Secondary Air Injection Pump (NU6)
        • G24 Windshield Washer Pump
        • G35 Hybrid Electronics Coolant Pump
        • G36 Auxiliary Heater Coolant Pump
        • G37 Hybrid Battery Pack Coolant Pump
        • G38 14V Power Module Cooling Fan
        • K1 14V Power Module X1
        • K1 14V Power Module X2 X2
        • K1 14V Power Module X3 X3
        • K1 14V Power Module X4 X4
        • K8 Blower Motor Control Module X1 X1
        • K8 Blower Motor Control Module X2
        • K9 Body Control Module X1 X1
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K84 X1 To Q8 X4
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X1 X1
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X2 X2
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X4 X4
        • K85 Passenger Presence Detection Module (AL0)
        • K89 Immobilizer Control Module
        • K109 Frontview Camera Module
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X1 X1
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X2 X2
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X3 X3
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X4 X4
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 X1
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 X2
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 X3
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X1
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X2
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X3
        • K112D Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 4 X1
        • K112D Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 4 X2
        • K112D Hybrid Battery Interface Control Module 4 X3 X3
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X1 X1
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X2 X2
        • M6 Air Temperature Door Actuator
        • M8 Blower Motor
        • M37 Mode Door Actuator
        • M46 Air Recirculation Door Actuator
        • M74D Window Motor - Driver
        • M74LR Window Motor - Left Rear
        • M74P Window Motor - Passenger
        • M74RR Window Motor - Right Rear
        • M75 Windshield Wiper Motor
        • M77D Outside Rearview Mirror Motor - Driver
        • M77P Outside Rearview Mirror Motor - Passenger
        • M97 Fuel Door Lock Actuator
        • P2 Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
        • P4 Security Siren RHD
        • P4 Security Siren LHD with UTP
        • P12L Horn - Left
        • P12R Horn - Right
        • P14 Passenger Air Bag Disabled Indicator
        • P16 Instrument Cluster
        • P17 Info Display Module
        • P19AC Speaker - Subwoofer UQA
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door UQA
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door UZ6
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door UQA
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door UZ6
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door UQA
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door UZ6
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door UQA
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door UZ6
        • P19H Speaker - Left Front Tweeter
        • P19V Speaker - Right Front Tweeter
        • P25 Power Sounder Content Theft Deterrent Alarm Module UTR
        • P36 Battery State of Charge Indicator
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X1
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X2
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X3
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X4
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K9 X2 To K83
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K9 Body Control Module X2 X2
        • K9 Body Control Module X3 X3
        • K9 Body Control Module X4 X4
        • K9 Body Control Module X5 X5
        • K9 Body Control Module X6 X6
        • K9 Body Control Module X7 X7
        • K10 Coolant Heater Control Module X1 X1
        • K10 Coolant Heater Control Module X2 X2
        • K16 Battery Energy Control Module X1
        • K16 Battery Energy Control Module X2
        • K16 Battery Energy Control Module X3
        • K17 Electronic Brake Control Module
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 X1
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 X2
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 X3
        • K27 Fuel Pump Control Module
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X1
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X2
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X3
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X1 X1
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X2 X2
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X3 X3
        • K35 Ignition Coil Module
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X1 X1
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X2 X2
        • K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module X1 X1
        • K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module X2 X2
        • K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module X3 X3
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X1 X1
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X2 X2
        • K46 Radio Antenna Module X1 X1
        • K60 Steering Column Lock Control Module
        • K65 Tire Pressure Indicator Module
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X1 X1
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X2 X2
        • K77 Remote Control Door Lock Receiver UVF/Without UVF
        • K83 Parking Brake Control Module
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Q12 To X98
      • Component Connector End Views
        • Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve
        • Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4
        • Q29 Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve (NU6)
        • Q38 Throttle Body
        • Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly
        • Q65 Hybrid Battery Pack Coolant Control Valve LHD
        • Q66 Passenger Compartment Heater Coolant Control Valve
        • R6B Terminal Resistor - Mid Speed Bus
        • S3 Transmission Shift Lever
        • S13 Door Lock Switch (RHD)
        • S15 Manual Service Disconnect
        • S16 Driver Information Center Switch
        • S25 Garage Door Opener (UG1)
        • S40 Passenger Air Bag Disable Switch
        • S46 Liftgate Handle Switch
        • S48B Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console
        • S51 Telematics Button Assembly
        • S52 Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
        • S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left
        • S70R Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Right
        • S78 Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch
        • S79D Window Switch - Driver
        • S79LR Window Switch - Left Rear
        • S79P Window Switch - Passenger
        • S79RR Window Switch - Right Rear
        • S82 Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
        • S83 Vehicle On/Off Switch
        • S91 Park Brake Control Switch
        • S117 Refuel Request Switch
        • S126 Drive Mode Select Switch (LHD)
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X1 (UQA)
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X2 (UQA)
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X3 (UQA)
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X1
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X2
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X3
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X4
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X5
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X6
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X7
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X8
        • T10B Keyless Entry Antenna - Instrument Panel Compartment
        • T10K Keyless Entry Antenna - Center Console Rear
        • T10G Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Fascia
        • T10J Keyless Entry Antenna - Center Console Front
        • T12 Automatic Transmission Assembly
        • T18 Battery Charger X1
        • T18 Battery Charger X2
        • T18 Battery Charger X3
        • T18 Battery Charger X4
        • X21 Manual Service Disconnect Receptacle X1
        • X21 Manual Service Disconnect Receptacle X2
        • X80H Accessory Power Receptacle - Center Console
        • X80L Accessory Power Receptacle - Rear Console
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input (5JZ)
        • X84 Data Link Connector
        • X84B Auxiliary Data Connector
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X1
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X2
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X3
        • X98 Hybrid/EV Battery Charger Receptacle
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B097B: Power Mode Start Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Ignition Mode Switch Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B097C: Power Mode Run/Crank Indicator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1370: Control Module Ignition On and Start
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1445: Control Module Voltage Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B144A: Run Power Relay Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B144B: Run/Crank Power Relay Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1451: Accessory Power Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0847, C0848, C1240 or C1241: Device Ignition 1 Circuit/Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0857 or C1242: Device Ignition Accessory Circuit/Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15B9 or P15BA: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Circuit Malfunction
            • Electric A/C Compressor Module Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1A5E or P1A5F: Battery Energy Control Module Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Circuit Malfunction
            • Battery Energy Control Module Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1A60: Battery Energy Control Module Ignition Accessory Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Circuit Malfunction
            • Battery Energy Control Module Circuit Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EF6 or P1EF7: Battery Charger Control Module Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Circuit Malfunction
            • Battery Charger Control Module Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2534 or P2535: Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Circuit Malfunction
            • Fuel Pump Control Module Ignition Circuit Malfunction
            • Chassis Control Module Ignition Circuit Malfunction
            • Transmission Control Module Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2537: Ignition Accessory Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Circuit Malfunction
            • Transmission Control Module Circuit Malfunction
            • Engine Control Module Circuit Malfunction
            • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 1 Circuit Malfunction
            • Chassis Control Module Circuit Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic A
            • Diagnostic B
            • Diagnostic C
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Retained Accessory Power Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Vehicle ON/OFF Switch Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Vehicle Will Not Change Power Mode
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Ignition Mode Switch Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • General Electrical Diagnosis
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Front probe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
          • Notes
          • Digital Multimeter (DMM) Basic Requirements
            • Notes
            • Display and Settings
            • Voltage
            • Current
            • Diode Test
            • Min-Max Readings
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing Ground and Low Reference Circuits
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a Digital Multimeter (DMM)
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a Digital Multimeter (DMM)
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
          • Reviewing Stored Data in Global Diagnostic System (GDS)
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Coaxial Cable Repairs
          • Notes
          • Coaxial Cable Kits
          • Connector Housing Repair Procedure
          • Coaxial Cable Repair Procedure
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Folded-Over Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • Items Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Connector Anatomy
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro.64)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • FEP Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Glow Plug Control Module)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminated Lead Repair
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (0.25 Cap)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (102-Way Inline)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (SIR)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminated Lead Repair)
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminal Repair)
          • Notes
          • Cable Seal Terminals
          • Unsealed Terminals
          • Micro-Pack 100W Size Terminal
          • Micro 0.64 Size Terminal
        • Terminal Removal
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X100 To X252
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X100 Forward Lamp Harness to Front Fascia Harness
        • X101 Forward Lamp Harness to Front Fascia Harness
        • X102 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness
        • X103 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Harness
        • X104 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Harness
        • X105 Forward Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X107 Forward Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Assembly (EF7 or Z49)
        • X110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Assembly (except EF7 or Z49)
        • X120 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Assembly (EF7 or Z49)
        • X120 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Assembly (except EF7 or Z49)
        • X175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness
        • X180 Forward Lamp Harness to Heater Pump Jumper Harness
        • X190 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • X225 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X250 Instrument Panel Top Pad Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X252 Instrument Panel Harness to HVAC Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X275 To X906
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X275 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X310 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
        • X315 Console Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X320 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • X322 Driver Seat Harness to Side Air Bag Jumper
        • X325 Headliner Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X326 Headliner Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X327 Passenger Seat Harness to Side Air Bag Jumper
        • X350 Body Harness to EVAP Harness
        • X351 Body Harness to EVAP Harness
        • X354 Fuel Tank Harness to EVAP Harness
        • X355 EVAP Harness to Fuel Pressure Harness
        • X356 High Voltage Harness to High Voltage Harness
        • X357 Body Harness to Battery Disconnect Unit Harness
        • X358 Body Harness to Battery Disconnect Unit Harness
        • X359 Manual Service Disconnect Harness to Battery Disconnect Unit Harness
        • X450 Body Harness to Rear Fascia Harness (UD5)
        • X451 Body Harness to Rear Fascia Harness (without UD5)
        • X452 Body Harness to Battery Negative Harness
        • X500 Driver Door Harness to Body Harness LHD/RHD
        • X505 Driver Door Harness to Driver Door Trim Harness
        • X510 Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver to Driver Door Harness
        • X600 Passenger Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X610 Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger to Passenger Door Harness
        • X700 Left Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X800 Right Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X900 Liftgate Jumper Harness to Body Harness
        • X901 Liftgate Jumper Harness to Body Harness
        • X905 Liftgate Jumper Harness to Liftgate Harness
        • X906 Liftgate Jumper Harness to Liftgate Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • GMLAN and Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
          • Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repair
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Repair
          • Electrical Grounds
            • Notes
            • M6 Weld Stud Replacement
            • M6 Weld Nut
            • M6 Weld Nut (Alternative Repair)
            • M8 Weld Nut
            • M8 Weld Nut (Alternative Repair)
          • Securing Loose Electrical Ground Connections
        • Fuse Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Wiring Junction Block Replacement
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Schematic Wiring Diagrams And Wiring Harness Routing
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Harness Routing Views
          • Front Fascia Harness Routing
          • Front of Engine Compartment Harness Routing
          • Left Side of Engine Compartment Harness Routing
          • Right Side of Engine Compartment Harness Routing
          • Engine Harness Routing
          • Left Side of Passenger Compartment Harness Routing (LHD)
          • Left Side of Passenger Compartment Harness Routing (RHD)
          • Right Side of Passenger Compartment Harness Routing (LHD)
          • Right Side of Passenger Compartment Harness Routing (RHD)
          • Headliner Harness Routing
          • Instrument Panel Harness Routing (LHD)
          • Instrument Panel Harness Routing (RHD)
          • Center Console Harness Routing
          • Driver Door Harness Routing
          • Passenger Door Harness Routing
          • Left Rear Door Harness Routing
          • Right Rear Door Harness Routing
          • Right Side of Luggage Compartment Harness Routing (RHD)
          • Liftgate Harness Routing
          • Left Side of Luggage Compartment Harness Routing
          • Right Side of Luggage Compartment Harness Routing (LHD)
          • Rear of Vehicle Harness Routing
          • Left Rear of Vehicle Harness Routing
          • Underbody Harness Routing
          • High Voltage Cable Harness Routing
        • How to Use Electrical Wiring Schematics
          • Information Overview
          • Color Abbreviations
        • Electrical Wiring Schematic Symbols
        • Vehicle Zoning Strategy
        • Wiring Schematics RPO Code List
        • Master Electrical Wiring Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
          • X50D Fuse Block - Battery and X50B Fuse Block - Underhood Auxiliary Bussing
          • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Bussing
          • Vehicle On/Off Switch
          • F5UA, F32UA, F33UA, F50UA, F51UA, F52UA, F53UA and F54UA Fuses
          • F1UA, F2UA, F4UA, F16UA, F21UA, F27UA, F30UA and F34UA Fuses
          • F6UA, F9UA, F22UA, F40UA, F41UA and F43UA Fuses
          • F10UA, F11UA, F13UA, F15UA, F17UA, F19UA and F39UA Fuses
          • F36UA, F37UA, F38UA, F42UA, F44UA and F48UA Fuses
          • F1DL, F2DL, F3DL, F4DL, F5DL, F6DL, F7DL, F9DL, F10DL, F11DL, F12DL and F15DL Fuses
          • F3DR, F4DR, F5DR, F6DR, F7DR, F8DR, F9DR, F10DR, F11DR and F12DR Fuses
          • F2RA, F3RA, F4RA, F5RA, F7RA, F8RA, F9RA, F10RA, F12RA and F13RA Fuses
          • F6RA, F11RA, F14RA and F16RA Fuses
        • Power Moding Wiring Schematics
          • Power Moding
        • Ground Distribution Wiring Schematics
          • G101 and G102
          • G103, G104 and G105
          • G106, G107, G109, G110, G112, G113 and G117
          • G201, G203, G205, G304, G340, G341, G401 and G404
          • G202
          • G204
          • G301
          • G302
          • G403
          • G405
          • G406
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • JX300 Splice Pack
        • JX301 Splice Pack
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • 12V Battery Management
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1325, B1330, B1517, C0800, C0899, C0900, C12E1, C12E2, P0561-P0563, P1A0C, P1A0D or P1EFC: Device Power/Battery Voltage/System Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1516: Battery Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • B1516 08
            • B1516 66
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B151A: Low Battery Capacity
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B1527: Parasitic Load
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Charging
          • 12 V Battery
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • 300 V Battery
          • Absorbent Glass Mat Battery
          • 12 V Battery
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement (B+ APM Module to Battery Fuse Block)
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement (APM Module Ground Cable)
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Engine Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • 300 V Battery
          • Absorbent Glass Mat Battery
          • 12 V Battery
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • 12 V Battery
          • Electrical Power Management Overview
          • Charging Block Diagram
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Normal Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Headlamp Mode
          • Voltage Reduction Mode
          • Plant Assembly Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster Operation
        • Starting System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Component Locations - Electrical Center Identification Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X1
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X2
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X3
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X4
        • X50B Fuse Block - Underhood Auxiliary Top View
        • X50B Fuse Block - Underhood Auxiliary X1
        • X50B Fuse Block - Underhood Auxiliary X3
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery Top View
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X1
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X2
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X3
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X6
        • X51L Fuse Block- Instrument Panel Left Bottom View
        • X51L Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Left Label
        • X51L Fuse Block- Instrument Panel Left Top View
        • X51L Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Left Wire Entry
        • X51R Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Right Top View
        • X51R Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Right Label
        • X51R Fuse Block- Instrument Panel Right Top View
        • X51R Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Right
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Bottom View
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Label
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Top View LO
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Wire Entry (Fuses)
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body
    • Component Locations - Master Electrical Component List
      • Master Electrical Component List
    • Electrical Component Locator - Door Component Views
      • Door Component Views
        • Driver Door Components (LHD)
        • Driver Door Components (RHD)
        • Passenger Door Components (LHD)
        • Passenger Door Components (RHD)
        • Left Rear Door Components
        • Right Rear Door Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Front Of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
      • Front of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
        • Front of Vehicle Components (Chevrolet)
        • Front of Vehicle Components (Opel)
        • Left Front of Vehicle Components
        • Engine Compartment Components - Front
        • Engine Compartment Components - Left
        • Engine Compartment Components - Right
    • Electrical Component Locator - Ground Views
      • Ground Views
        • G101, G103, G109 and G117
        • G102, G104 and G105
        • G106 and G113
        • G201, G202, G203 and G204
        • G205 and G304
        • G301
        • G302
        • G402 and G404
        • G405 and G406
    • Electrical Component Locator - Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel Components (LHD) (1 of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Components (LHD) (2 of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Components (RHD) (1 of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Components (RHD) (2 of 2)
        • Instrument Panel - HVAC Components (LHD)
        • Instrument Panel - HVAC Components (RHD)
        • Center Console Components
        • Steering Column Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Luggage Compartment/Rear Of Vehicle Component Views
      • Luggage Compartment/Rear of Vehicle Component Views
        • Luggage Compartment Components
        • Liftgate Components
        • Rear of Vehicle Components
        • Right Rear of Vehicle - Fuel Door Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
      • Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
        • Passenger Compartment Components (LHD)
        • Passenger Compartment Components (RHD)
        • Headliner (UVF)
        • Headliner Components (-UVF)
        • Driver Seat Components (LHD)
        • Driver Seat Components (RHD)
        • Passenger Seat Components (RHD)
        • Passenger Seat Components (LHD)
        • Rear Seat Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Powertrain Component Views
      • Powertrain Component Views
        • Transmission Components
        • Left Rear of Engine Components
        • Right Front of Engine Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
      • Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Assembly Components
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Internals
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Section 1
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Section 2
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Section 3
        • Underbody - Fuel System Components
        • Underbody - Steering Components
        • Underbody - Wheel Components
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Component Locations - Electrical Center Identification Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X1
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X2
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X3
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X4
        • X50B Fuse Block - Underhood Auxiliary Top View
        • X50B Fuse Block - Underhood Auxiliary X1
        • X50B Fuse Block - Underhood Auxiliary X3
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery Top View
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X1
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X2
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X3
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X6
        • X51L Fuse Block- Instrument Panel Left Bottom View
        • X51L Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Left Label
        • X51L Fuse Block- Instrument Panel Left Top View
        • X51L Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Left Wire Entry
        • X51R Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Right Top View
        • X51R Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Right Label
        • X51R Fuse Block- Instrument Panel Right Top View
        • X51R Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Right
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Bottom View
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Label
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Top View LO
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Wire Entry (Fuses)
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body
  • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
    • Specifications
      • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Resistance
    • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Wiring Schematics
        • Power, Ground, Data Communication and Indicators
      • Driver Information System Wiring Schematics
        • Driver Information Center
      • Audible Warnings Wiring Schematics
        • Audible Warning
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • DTC B0158: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
          • Static Test
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B0550: Odometer Circuit
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B071F: Transmission Range Indicator
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B124F: MOST Programming
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • Symptoms - Displays and Gauges
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
          • Notes
          • Gauges and Odometer
          • Indicators
      • DTC B3567: Driver Information Center Switch Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0520: Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC P0461-P0464: Fuel Gauge Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0461 00
          • P0462
          • P0463
          • P0464
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Chime Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • Instrument Cluster Gauges Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • Instrument Cluster Display Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • Leaf Button Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
      • Driver Information Display Replacement
      • Driver Information Display and Multifunction Switch Replacement
      • Instrument Cluster Replacement
      • Battery Charge Indicator Replacement
      • Accessory Switch Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Auto Stop Mode
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Brake Warning
        • Door Ajar Warning
        • Object Detection
        • Additional Warnings
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Menu
        • Trip A and Trip B
        • Oil Life
        • Outside Air Temperature
        • Tire Pressure
        • Vehicle Messages
        • Units
        • Tutorial Mode
        • Language
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Indicator LIGHT ON
        • Message Displayed
        • Change Timing Belt Message
        • Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
      • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Battery and Driver Efficiency Gauges
        • Fuel Level Gauge
        • Speedometer
        • Odometer
        • Compass
        • Driver Information Center Display
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Horn Wiring Schematics
          • Horns
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • DTC B274E or B274F: Low Horn Output Short to Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Horn Switch Malfunction
            • Horns or Horn Command Malfunction
            • Horn - Poor Tone
            • Pedestrian Friendly Alert Switch Malfunction
          • Component Testing
            • Horn Test
            • Horn Switch
            • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Test
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
        • Steering Wheel Horn Contact Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • Horn Block Diagram
          • System Operation
          • Horn Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • 12V Battery Management
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1325, B1330, B1517, C0800, C0899, C0900, C12E1, C12E2, P0561-P0563, P1A0C, P1A0D or P1EFC: Device Power/Battery Voltage/System Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1516: Battery Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • B1516 08
            • B1516 66
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B151A: Low Battery Capacity
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B1527: Parasitic Load
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Charging
          • 12 V Battery
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • 300 V Battery
          • Absorbent Glass Mat Battery
          • 12 V Battery
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement (B+ APM Module to Battery Fuse Block)
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement (APM Module Ground Cable)
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Engine Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • 300 V Battery
          • Absorbent Glass Mat Battery
          • 12 V Battery
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • 12 V Battery
          • Electrical Power Management Overview
          • Charging Block Diagram
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Normal Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Headlamp Mode
          • Voltage Reduction Mode
          • Plant Assembly Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster Operation
        • Starting System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Component Locations - Electrical Center Identification Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X1
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X2
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X3
        • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood X4
        • X50B Fuse Block - Underhood Auxiliary Top View
        • X50B Fuse Block - Underhood Auxiliary X1
        • X50B Fuse Block - Underhood Auxiliary X3
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery Top View
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X1
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X2
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X3
        • X50D Fuse Block - Battery X6
        • X51L Fuse Block- Instrument Panel Left Bottom View
        • X51L Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Left Label
        • X51L Fuse Block- Instrument Panel Left Top View
        • X51L Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Left Wire Entry
        • X51R Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Right Top View
        • X51R Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Right Label
        • X51R Fuse Block- Instrument Panel Right Top View
        • X51R Fuse Block - Instrument Panel Right
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Bottom View
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Label
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Top View LO
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body Wire Entry (Fuses)
        • X53A Fuse Block - Rear Body
    • Component Locations - Master Electrical Component List
      • Master Electrical Component List
    • Electrical Component Locator - Door Component Views
      • Door Component Views
        • Driver Door Components (LHD)
        • Driver Door Components (RHD)
        • Passenger Door Components (LHD)
        • Passenger Door Components (RHD)
        • Left Rear Door Components
        • Right Rear Door Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Front Of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
      • Front of Vehicle/Engine Compartment Component Views
        • Front of Vehicle Components (Chevrolet)
        • Front of Vehicle Components (Opel)
        • Left Front of Vehicle Components
        • Engine Compartment Components - Front
        • Engine Compartment Components - Left
        • Engine Compartment Components - Right
    • Electrical Component Locator - Ground Views
      • Ground Views
        • G101, G103, G109 and G117
        • G102, G104 and G105
        • G106 and G113
        • G201, G202, G203 and G204
        • G205 and G304
        • G301
        • G302
        • G402 and G404
        • G405 and G406
    • Electrical Component Locator - Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel/Center Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel Components (LHD) (1 of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Components (LHD) (2 of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Components (RHD) (1 of 2)
        • Instrument Panel Components (RHD) (2 of 2)
        • Instrument Panel - HVAC Components (LHD)
        • Instrument Panel - HVAC Components (RHD)
        • Center Console Components
        • Steering Column Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Luggage Compartment/Rear Of Vehicle Component Views
      • Luggage Compartment/Rear of Vehicle Component Views
        • Luggage Compartment Components
        • Liftgate Components
        • Rear of Vehicle Components
        • Right Rear of Vehicle - Fuel Door Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
      • Passenger Compartment/Roof Component Views
        • Passenger Compartment Components (LHD)
        • Passenger Compartment Components (RHD)
        • Headliner (UVF)
        • Headliner Components (-UVF)
        • Driver Seat Components (LHD)
        • Driver Seat Components (RHD)
        • Passenger Seat Components (RHD)
        • Passenger Seat Components (LHD)
        • Rear Seat Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Powertrain Component Views
      • Powertrain Component Views
        • Transmission Components
        • Left Rear of Engine Components
        • Right Front of Engine Components
    • Electrical Component Locator - Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
      • Wheels/Vehicle Underbody Component Views
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Assembly Components
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Internals
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Section 1
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Section 2
        • Underbody - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Section 3
        • Underbody - Fuel System Components
        • Underbody - Steering Components
        • Underbody - Wheel Components
    • Plug-In Charging System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Plug-In Charging Wiring Schematics
          • Charging Port Door
          • Battery Charger
          • Battery State of Charge
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0CF4-P0CF6: Control Pilot Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0CF9 or P0D01: Control Pilot Charging
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D1F: Control Module Date/Time Synchronization
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D21-P0D23: Battery Charger Output
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • The Maxi-Fuse Date Code is Before U38.
          • The Maxi-Fuse Date Code is U38 or Later.
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D26: Battery Charger System Precharge Time
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D2A: Battery Charger Input
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D2B or P0D2C: Control Pilot Indicator
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D39-P0D3B, P0D49, P0D4E, P0D4F, P0D53, P0D54, P1ECB-P1ECD, P1ED0-P1ED2, P1ED6-P1ED9, P1EDB, P1EDC, P1EDE-P1EE1, P1EE3, P1EE5, P1EE7-P1EED, P1EFE-P1F02 or P1F14-P1F16: Battery Charger
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D3E or P0D3F: Battery Charger Input Voltage Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D40, P1EDA, P1EDD or P1F03: Battery Charger Input Voltage Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D43-P0D45: Battery Charger 14V Output Voltage Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D58 or P0D59: Proximity Detection Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D5B, P0D5C, P1ECE or P1EFD: Battery Charger
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D5E: Battery Charger System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Battery Charging System Negative Contactor
            • Battery Charging System Positive Contactor
            • Hybrid/EV Battery Multifunction Contactor
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EE6: Battery Charger AC Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EEF or P0D4A: Battery Charger 14V Output Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EF0 or P1EF1: Battery Charger High Voltage Converter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EF3-P1EF5: Battery Charger Voltage Converter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EFA or P1EFB: Battery Charger High Voltage Converter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Plug-In Charging Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Charging Malfunction
            • Flashing Yellow Indicator
          • Repair Instructions
        • Plug-In Charging Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Charge Port Housing Bezel Replacement
        • Charge Port Door Replacement
        • Charge Port Housing Replacement
        • Charge Port Door Actuator Replacement
        • Charge Port Door Hinge Bezel Replacement
        • Charge Port Door Actuator Cable Replacement
        • Charge Port Door Actuator Seal Replacement
        • Charge Port Door Hinge Seal Replacement
        • Charge Port Door Ajar Indicator Switch Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Charger Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Charger Receptacle Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Plug-In Charging System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Wiring Schematics
          • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlets
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Power Outlets
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Outlet Receptacle Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wireless Charging System Module Replacement
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Outlets Description and Operation
          • 12 Volt Power Outlet Receptacle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Push Button Start
          • Vehicle On
          • Vehicle In Service Mode
          • Vehicle Off
          • Battery Saver Mode (Transport Mode) (If Equipped)
          • BCM Awake/Sleep States
          • Serial Data Wake-Up
        • Retained Accessory Power Description and Operation
          • RAP Description and Operation Block Diagram
          • Retained Accessory Power
          • Relay Controlled Retained Accessory Power
          • Serial Data Controlled Retained Accessory Power
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Fastener Specifications
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Index
      • Component Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - A4 To B204B
      • Component Connector End Views
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X1 X1
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X2 X2
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X3 X3
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X4 X4
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X5 X5
        • A7 Fuel Pump and Level Sensor Assembly
        • A10 Inside Rearview Mirror
        • A11 Radio X1 X1
        • A11 Radio X4 X4
        • A12 Digital Radio Receiver Control Module
        • A20 Radio/HVAC Controls
        • A23C Liftgate Latch Assembly
        • A23D Door Latch Assembly - Driver
        • A23LR Door Latch Assembly - Left Rear
        • A23P Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
        • A23RR Door Latch Assembly - Right Rear
        • A24D Door Handle Assembly - Driver Exterior
        • A24LR Door Handle Assembly - Left Rear Exterior
        • A24P Door Handle Assembly - Passenger Exterior
        • A24RR Door Handle Assembly - Right Rear Exterior
        • B1 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
        • B1C A/C Low Side Pressure Sensor RHD
        • B5LF Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Front
        • B5LR Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Rear
        • B5RF Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Front
        • B5RR Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Rear
        • B7D Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Left Lower
        • B7H Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Left Upper
        • B9 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • B10B Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor
        • B14A Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor
        • B15 Transmission Internal Mode Switch X1
        • B15 Transmission Internal Mode Switch X2
        • B18 Battery Current Sensor
        • B20 Brake Fluid Level Switch
        • B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake
        • B24 Cellular Phone Microphone
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • B30 Hybrid Battery Pack Current Sensor
        • B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • B37 Engine Oil Pressure Switch LHD
        • B39 A/C Evaporator Temperature Sensor
        • B47 Fuel Pressure Sensor
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
        • B55 Hood Ajar Switch
        • B59L Front Impact Sensor - Left
        • B59R Front Impact Sensor - Right
        • B60 Passenger Presence Sensor (UH0 or UH1)
        • B63LF Side Impact Sensor - Left Front
        • B63LR Side Impact Sensor - Left Rear
        • B63RF Side Impact Sensor - Right Front
        • B63RR Side Impact Sensor - Right Rear
        • B68 Knock Sensor
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
        • B75B Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • B78A Front Object Sensor - Left Outer (UDF)
        • B78B Front Object Sensor - Right Outer (UDF)
        • B78C Front Object Sensor - Left Middle (UDF)
        • B78D Front Object Sensor - Right Middle (UDF)
        • B78E Rear Object Sensor - Left Middle (UD7)
        • B78F Rear Object Sensor - Right Middle (UD7)
        • B78G Rear Object Sensor - Left Outer
        • B78H Rear Object Sensor - Right Outer (UD7)
        • B87 Rearview Camera (UVC)
        • B88D Seat Belt Switch - Driver
        • B88LR Seat Belt Switch - Left Rear
        • B88P Seat Belt Switch - Passenger
        • B88RR Seat Belt Switch - Right Rear
        • B99 Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
        • B107 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • B118 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor
        • B135 Coolant Heater Temperature Sensor
        • B150 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • B160 Windshield Temperature and Inside Moisture Sensor UVF/Without UVF
        • B165 Content Theft Deterrent Sensor Module
        • B197 Charge Port Door Position Switch
        • B201 Brake Control Brake Pedal Position Sensor
        • B202 Hybrid Electronics Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • B203 Engine Coolant Radiator Temperature Sensor
        • B204A Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Temperature Sensor 1
        • B204B Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Temperature Sensor 2
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - B207A To K9 X1
      • Component Connector End Views
        • B207A Drive Motor 1 Temperature Sensor
        • B207B Drive Motor 2 Temperature Sensor
        • B208 Fuel Door Status Switch Assembly
        • B228A Drive Motor 1 Position Sensor
        • B228B Drive Motor 2 Position Sensor X1 X1
        • B228B Drive Motor 2 Position Sensor X2 X2
        • B258 Hybrid/EV Battery Coolant Level Switch
        • C4A Hybrid/EV Battery Section 1 X1 X1
        • C4A Hybrid/EV Battery Section 1 X2 X2
        • C4A Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 1 X3
        • C4B Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 2 X1
        • C4B Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 2 X2
        • C4C Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 3 X1
        • C4C Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 3 X2
        • C4C Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 3 X3
        • C4C Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 3 X4
        • E4LF Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front
        • E4N Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left
        • E4P Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right
        • E4RF Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front
        • E4Y Turn Signal Repeater Lamp - Left
        • E4Z Turn Signal Repeater Lamp - Right
        • E5 Backup Lamp T79
        • E5 Backup Lamp Without T79
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp
        • E7L License Plate Lamp - Left
        • E7R License Plate Lamp - Right
        • E14A Seat Heating Element - Driver Back (KA1)
        • E14B Seat Heating Element - Driver Cushion (KA1)
        • E14C Seat Heating Element - Passenger Back (KA1)
        • E14D Seat Heating Element - Passenger Cushion (KA1)
        • E17D Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Driver X1
        • E17D Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Driver X2
        • E17P Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Passenger X1
        • E17P Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Passenger X2
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X1 X1
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X2 X2
        • E29R Fog Lamp - Rear T79
        • E31L Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Left
        • E31R Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Right
        • E32 Cigarette Lighter Receptacle
        • E33 Cargo Lamp
        • E37F Dome/Reading Lamps - Front
        • E37R Dome/Reading Lamps - Rear
        • E41 Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater
        • E42L Tail Lamp Assembly - Left
        • E42R Tail Lamp Assembly - Right
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X1 X1
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X2 X2
        • F103 Drive Motor Power Inverter Module Cable Cover
        • F105L Roof Rail Air Bag - Left
        • F105R Roof Rail Air Bag - Right
        • F106LF Seat Side Air Bag - Left Front
        • F106RF Seat Side Air Bag - Right Front
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X1
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X2
        • F112D Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F112P Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F113D Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F113P Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F114D Knee Air Bag - Driver
        • F114P Knee Air Bag - Passenger
        • F118 Hybrid Battery Pack Connector Jumper Connector
        • G1 A/C Compressor X1 X1
        • G1 A/C Compressor X2 X2
        • G10L Cooling Fan Motor - Left
        • G10R Cooling Fan Motor - Right
        • G12 Fuel Pump
        • G21 Secondary Air Injection Pump (NU6)
        • G24 Windshield Washer Pump
        • G35 Hybrid Electronics Coolant Pump
        • G36 Auxiliary Heater Coolant Pump
        • G37 Hybrid Battery Pack Coolant Pump
        • G38 14V Power Module Cooling Fan
        • K1 14V Power Module X1
        • K1 14V Power Module X2 X2
        • K1 14V Power Module X3 X3
        • K1 14V Power Module X4 X4
        • K8 Blower Motor Control Module X1 X1
        • K8 Blower Motor Control Module X2
        • K9 Body Control Module X1 X1
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K84 X1 To Q8 X4
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X1 X1
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X2 X2
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X4 X4
        • K85 Passenger Presence Detection Module (AL0)
        • K89 Immobilizer Control Module
        • K109 Frontview Camera Module
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X1 X1
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X2 X2
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X3 X3
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X4 X4
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 X1
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 X2
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 X3
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X1
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X2
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X3
        • K112D Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 4 X1
        • K112D Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 4 X2
        • K112D Hybrid Battery Interface Control Module 4 X3 X3
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X1 X1
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X2 X2
        • M6 Air Temperature Door Actuator
        • M8 Blower Motor
        • M37 Mode Door Actuator
        • M46 Air Recirculation Door Actuator
        • M74D Window Motor - Driver
        • M74LR Window Motor - Left Rear
        • M74P Window Motor - Passenger
        • M74RR Window Motor - Right Rear
        • M75 Windshield Wiper Motor
        • M77D Outside Rearview Mirror Motor - Driver
        • M77P Outside Rearview Mirror Motor - Passenger
        • M97 Fuel Door Lock Actuator
        • P2 Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
        • P4 Security Siren RHD
        • P4 Security Siren LHD with UTP
        • P12L Horn - Left
        • P12R Horn - Right
        • P14 Passenger Air Bag Disabled Indicator
        • P16 Instrument Cluster
        • P17 Info Display Module
        • P19AC Speaker - Subwoofer UQA
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door UQA
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door UZ6
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door UQA
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door UZ6
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door UQA
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door UZ6
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door UQA
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door UZ6
        • P19H Speaker - Left Front Tweeter
        • P19V Speaker - Right Front Tweeter
        • P25 Power Sounder Content Theft Deterrent Alarm Module UTR
        • P36 Battery State of Charge Indicator
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X1
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X2
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X3
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X4
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K9 X2 To K83
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K9 Body Control Module X2 X2
        • K9 Body Control Module X3 X3
        • K9 Body Control Module X4 X4
        • K9 Body Control Module X5 X5
        • K9 Body Control Module X6 X6
        • K9 Body Control Module X7 X7
        • K10 Coolant Heater Control Module X1 X1
        • K10 Coolant Heater Control Module X2 X2
        • K16 Battery Energy Control Module X1
        • K16 Battery Energy Control Module X2
        • K16 Battery Energy Control Module X3
        • K17 Electronic Brake Control Module
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 X1
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 X2
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 X3
        • K27 Fuel Pump Control Module
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X1
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X2
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X3
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X1 X1
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X2 X2
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X3 X3
        • K35 Ignition Coil Module
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X1 X1
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X2 X2
        • K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module X1 X1
        • K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module X2 X2
        • K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module X3 X3
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X1 X1
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X2 X2
        • K46 Radio Antenna Module X1 X1
        • K60 Steering Column Lock Control Module
        • K65 Tire Pressure Indicator Module
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X1 X1
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X2 X2
        • K77 Remote Control Door Lock Receiver UVF/Without UVF
        • K83 Parking Brake Control Module
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Q12 To X98
      • Component Connector End Views
        • Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve
        • Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4
        • Q29 Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve (NU6)
        • Q38 Throttle Body
        • Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly
        • Q65 Hybrid Battery Pack Coolant Control Valve LHD
        • Q66 Passenger Compartment Heater Coolant Control Valve
        • R6B Terminal Resistor - Mid Speed Bus
        • S3 Transmission Shift Lever
        • S13 Door Lock Switch (RHD)
        • S15 Manual Service Disconnect
        • S16 Driver Information Center Switch
        • S25 Garage Door Opener (UG1)
        • S40 Passenger Air Bag Disable Switch
        • S46 Liftgate Handle Switch
        • S48B Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console
        • S51 Telematics Button Assembly
        • S52 Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
        • S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left
        • S70R Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Right
        • S78 Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch
        • S79D Window Switch - Driver
        • S79LR Window Switch - Left Rear
        • S79P Window Switch - Passenger
        • S79RR Window Switch - Right Rear
        • S82 Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
        • S83 Vehicle On/Off Switch
        • S91 Park Brake Control Switch
        • S117 Refuel Request Switch
        • S126 Drive Mode Select Switch (LHD)
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X1 (UQA)
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X2 (UQA)
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X3 (UQA)
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X1
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X2
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X3
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X4
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X5
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X6
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X7
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X8
        • T10B Keyless Entry Antenna - Instrument Panel Compartment
        • T10K Keyless Entry Antenna - Center Console Rear
        • T10G Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Fascia
        • T10J Keyless Entry Antenna - Center Console Front
        • T12 Automatic Transmission Assembly
        • T18 Battery Charger X1
        • T18 Battery Charger X2
        • T18 Battery Charger X3
        • T18 Battery Charger X4
        • X21 Manual Service Disconnect Receptacle X1
        • X21 Manual Service Disconnect Receptacle X2
        • X80H Accessory Power Receptacle - Center Console
        • X80L Accessory Power Receptacle - Rear Console
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input (5JZ)
        • X84 Data Link Connector
        • X84B Auxiliary Data Connector
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X1
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X2
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X3
        • X98 Hybrid/EV Battery Charger Receptacle
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B097B: Power Mode Start Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Ignition Mode Switch Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B097C: Power Mode Run/Crank Indicator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1370: Control Module Ignition On and Start
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1445: Control Module Voltage Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B144A: Run Power Relay Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B144B: Run/Crank Power Relay Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1451: Accessory Power Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0847, C0848, C1240 or C1241: Device Ignition 1 Circuit/Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0857 or C1242: Device Ignition Accessory Circuit/Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15B9 or P15BA: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Circuit Malfunction
            • Electric A/C Compressor Module Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1A5E or P1A5F: Battery Energy Control Module Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Circuit Malfunction
            • Battery Energy Control Module Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1A60: Battery Energy Control Module Ignition Accessory Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Circuit Malfunction
            • Battery Energy Control Module Circuit Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EF6 or P1EF7: Battery Charger Control Module Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Circuit Malfunction
            • Battery Charger Control Module Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2534 or P2535: Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Circuit Malfunction
            • Fuel Pump Control Module Ignition Circuit Malfunction
            • Chassis Control Module Ignition Circuit Malfunction
            • Transmission Control Module Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2537: Ignition Accessory Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Circuit Malfunction
            • Transmission Control Module Circuit Malfunction
            • Engine Control Module Circuit Malfunction
            • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 1 Circuit Malfunction
            • Chassis Control Module Circuit Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic A
            • Diagnostic B
            • Diagnostic C
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Retained Accessory Power Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • Vehicle ON/OFF Switch Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Vehicle Will Not Change Power Mode
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Ignition Mode Switch Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • General Electrical Diagnosis
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Front probe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
          • Notes
          • Digital Multimeter (DMM) Basic Requirements
            • Notes
            • Display and Settings
            • Voltage
            • Current
            • Diode Test
            • Min-Max Readings
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing Ground and Low Reference Circuits
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a Digital Multimeter (DMM)
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a Digital Multimeter (DMM)
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Terminal Fretting
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
          • Reviewing Stored Data in Global Diagnostic System (GDS)
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Coaxial Cable Repairs
          • Notes
          • Coaxial Cable Kits
          • Connector Housing Repair Procedure
          • Coaxial Cable Repair Procedure
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Folded-Over Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • Items Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Notes
          • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Connector Anatomy
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro.64)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (Lever Lock)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • FCI Connectors (SIR)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • FEP Connectors (Steering Gear)
          • Removal Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Glow Plug Control Module)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Kostal Connectors (Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Molex Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminated Lead Repair
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Insertion Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (0.25 Cap)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Seat)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (102-Way Inline)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (SIR)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminated Lead Repair)
        • Repairing Connector Terminals (Terminal Repair)
          • Notes
          • Cable Seal Terminals
          • Unsealed Terminals
          • Micro-Pack 100W Size Terminal
          • Micro 0.64 Size Terminal
        • Terminal Removal
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X100 To X252
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X100 Forward Lamp Harness to Front Fascia Harness
        • X101 Forward Lamp Harness to Front Fascia Harness
        • X102 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness
        • X103 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Harness
        • X104 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Harness
        • X105 Forward Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X107 Forward Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Assembly (EF7 or Z49)
        • X110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Assembly (except EF7 or Z49)
        • X120 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Assembly (EF7 or Z49)
        • X120 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Assembly (except EF7 or Z49)
        • X175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness
        • X180 Forward Lamp Harness to Heater Pump Jumper Harness
        • X190 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • X225 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X250 Instrument Panel Top Pad Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X252 Instrument Panel Harness to HVAC Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X275 To X906
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X275 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X310 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
        • X315 Console Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X320 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • X322 Driver Seat Harness to Side Air Bag Jumper
        • X325 Headliner Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X326 Headliner Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X327 Passenger Seat Harness to Side Air Bag Jumper
        • X350 Body Harness to EVAP Harness
        • X351 Body Harness to EVAP Harness
        • X354 Fuel Tank Harness to EVAP Harness
        • X355 EVAP Harness to Fuel Pressure Harness
        • X356 High Voltage Harness to High Voltage Harness
        • X357 Body Harness to Battery Disconnect Unit Harness
        • X358 Body Harness to Battery Disconnect Unit Harness
        • X359 Manual Service Disconnect Harness to Battery Disconnect Unit Harness
        • X450 Body Harness to Rear Fascia Harness (UD5)
        • X451 Body Harness to Rear Fascia Harness (without UD5)
        • X452 Body Harness to Battery Negative Harness
        • X500 Driver Door Harness to Body Harness LHD/RHD
        • X505 Driver Door Harness to Driver Door Trim Harness
        • X510 Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver to Driver Door Harness
        • X600 Passenger Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X610 Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger to Passenger Door Harness
        • X700 Left Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X800 Right Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X900 Liftgate Jumper Harness to Body Harness
        • X901 Liftgate Jumper Harness to Body Harness
        • X905 Liftgate Jumper Harness to Liftgate Harness
        • X906 Liftgate Jumper Harness to Liftgate Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • GMLAN and Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
          • Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST) Wiring Repair
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Repair
          • Electrical Grounds
            • Notes
            • M6 Weld Stud Replacement
            • M6 Weld Nut
            • M6 Weld Nut (Alternative Repair)
            • M8 Weld Nut
            • M8 Weld Nut (Alternative Repair)
          • Securing Loose Electrical Ground Connections
        • Fuse Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Wiring Junction Block Replacement
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Schematic Wiring Diagrams And Wiring Harness Routing
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Harness Routing Views
          • Front Fascia Harness Routing
          • Front of Engine Compartment Harness Routing
          • Left Side of Engine Compartment Harness Routing
          • Right Side of Engine Compartment Harness Routing
          • Engine Harness Routing
          • Left Side of Passenger Compartment Harness Routing (LHD)
          • Left Side of Passenger Compartment Harness Routing (RHD)
          • Right Side of Passenger Compartment Harness Routing (LHD)
          • Right Side of Passenger Compartment Harness Routing (RHD)
          • Headliner Harness Routing
          • Instrument Panel Harness Routing (LHD)
          • Instrument Panel Harness Routing (RHD)
          • Center Console Harness Routing
          • Driver Door Harness Routing
          • Passenger Door Harness Routing
          • Left Rear Door Harness Routing
          • Right Rear Door Harness Routing
          • Right Side of Luggage Compartment Harness Routing (RHD)
          • Liftgate Harness Routing
          • Left Side of Luggage Compartment Harness Routing
          • Right Side of Luggage Compartment Harness Routing (LHD)
          • Rear of Vehicle Harness Routing
          • Left Rear of Vehicle Harness Routing
          • Underbody Harness Routing
          • High Voltage Cable Harness Routing
        • How to Use Electrical Wiring Schematics
          • Information Overview
          • Color Abbreviations
        • Electrical Wiring Schematic Symbols
        • Vehicle Zoning Strategy
        • Wiring Schematics RPO Code List
        • Master Electrical Wiring Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
          • X50D Fuse Block - Battery and X50B Fuse Block - Underhood Auxiliary Bussing
          • X50A Fuse Block - Underhood Bussing
          • Vehicle On/Off Switch
          • F5UA, F32UA, F33UA, F50UA, F51UA, F52UA, F53UA and F54UA Fuses
          • F1UA, F2UA, F4UA, F16UA, F21UA, F27UA, F30UA and F34UA Fuses
          • F6UA, F9UA, F22UA, F40UA, F41UA and F43UA Fuses
          • F10UA, F11UA, F13UA, F15UA, F17UA, F19UA and F39UA Fuses
          • F36UA, F37UA, F38UA, F42UA, F44UA and F48UA Fuses
          • F1DL, F2DL, F3DL, F4DL, F5DL, F6DL, F7DL, F9DL, F10DL, F11DL, F12DL and F15DL Fuses
          • F3DR, F4DR, F5DR, F6DR, F7DR, F8DR, F9DR, F10DR, F11DR and F12DR Fuses
          • F2RA, F3RA, F4RA, F5RA, F7RA, F8RA, F9RA, F10RA, F12RA and F13RA Fuses
          • F6RA, F11RA, F14RA and F16RA Fuses
        • Power Moding Wiring Schematics
          • Power Moding
        • Ground Distribution Wiring Schematics
          • G101 and G102
          • G103, G104 and G105
          • G106, G107, G109, G110, G112, G113 and G117
          • G201, G203, G205, G304, G340, G341, G401 and G404
          • G202
          • G204
          • G301
          • G302
          • G403
          • G405
          • G406
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • JX300 Splice Pack
        • JX301 Splice Pack
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • 12V Battery Management
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1325, B1330, B1517, C0800, C0899, C0900, C12E1, C12E2, P0561-P0563, P1A0C, P1A0D or P1EFC: Device Power/Battery Voltage/System Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1516: Battery Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • B1516 08
            • B1516 66
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B151A: Low Battery Capacity
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B1527: Parasitic Load
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Charging
          • 12 V Battery
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • 300 V Battery
          • Absorbent Glass Mat Battery
          • 12 V Battery
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement (B+ APM Module to Battery Fuse Block)
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement (APM Module Ground Cable)
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Engine Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • 300 V Battery
          • Absorbent Glass Mat Battery
          • 12 V Battery
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • 12 V Battery
          • Electrical Power Management Overview
          • Charging Block Diagram
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Normal Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Headlamp Mode
          • Voltage Reduction Mode
          • Plant Assembly Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster Operation
        • Starting System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • Electrical Component Locator - Ground Views
      • Ground Views
        • G101, G103, G109 and G117
        • G102, G104 and G105
        • G106 and G113
        • G201, G202, G203 and G204
        • G205 and G304
        • G301
        • G302
        • G402 and G404
        • G405 and G406
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 1.4L VIN 4
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Index
      • Component Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - A4 To B204B
      • Component Connector End Views
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X1 X1
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X2 X2
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X3 X3
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X4 X4
        • A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack X5 X5
        • A7 Fuel Pump and Level Sensor Assembly
        • A10 Inside Rearview Mirror
        • A11 Radio X1 X1
        • A11 Radio X4 X4
        • A12 Digital Radio Receiver Control Module
        • A20 Radio/HVAC Controls
        • A23C Liftgate Latch Assembly
        • A23D Door Latch Assembly - Driver
        • A23LR Door Latch Assembly - Left Rear
        • A23P Door Latch Assembly - Passenger
        • A23RR Door Latch Assembly - Right Rear
        • A24D Door Handle Assembly - Driver Exterior
        • A24LR Door Handle Assembly - Left Rear Exterior
        • A24P Door Handle Assembly - Passenger Exterior
        • A24RR Door Handle Assembly - Right Rear Exterior
        • B1 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
        • B1C A/C Low Side Pressure Sensor RHD
        • B5LF Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Front
        • B5LR Wheel Speed Sensor - Left Rear
        • B5RF Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Front
        • B5RR Wheel Speed Sensor - Right Rear
        • B7D Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Left Lower
        • B7H Air Temperature Sensor - Duct Left Upper
        • B9 Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • B10B Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor
        • B14A Transmission Output Shaft Speed Sensor
        • B15 Transmission Internal Mode Switch X1
        • B15 Transmission Internal Mode Switch X2
        • B18 Battery Current Sensor
        • B20 Brake Fluid Level Switch
        • B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor
        • B23E Camshaft Position Sensor - Exhaust
        • B23F Camshaft Position Sensor - Intake
        • B24 Cellular Phone Microphone
        • B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • B30 Hybrid Battery Pack Current Sensor
        • B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • B37 Engine Oil Pressure Switch LHD
        • B39 A/C Evaporator Temperature Sensor
        • B47 Fuel Pressure Sensor
        • B52A Heated Oxygen Sensor 1
        • B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
        • B55 Hood Ajar Switch
        • B59L Front Impact Sensor - Left
        • B59R Front Impact Sensor - Right
        • B60 Passenger Presence Sensor (UH0 or UH1)
        • B63LF Side Impact Sensor - Left Front
        • B63LR Side Impact Sensor - Left Rear
        • B63RF Side Impact Sensor - Right Front
        • B63RR Side Impact Sensor - Right Rear
        • B68 Knock Sensor
        • B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
        • B75B Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • B78A Front Object Sensor - Left Outer (UDF)
        • B78B Front Object Sensor - Right Outer (UDF)
        • B78C Front Object Sensor - Left Middle (UDF)
        • B78D Front Object Sensor - Right Middle (UDF)
        • B78E Rear Object Sensor - Left Middle (UD7)
        • B78F Rear Object Sensor - Right Middle (UD7)
        • B78G Rear Object Sensor - Left Outer
        • B78H Rear Object Sensor - Right Outer (UD7)
        • B87 Rearview Camera (UVC)
        • B88D Seat Belt Switch - Driver
        • B88LR Seat Belt Switch - Left Rear
        • B88P Seat Belt Switch - Passenger
        • B88RR Seat Belt Switch - Right Rear
        • B99 Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
        • B107 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • B118 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor
        • B135 Coolant Heater Temperature Sensor
        • B150 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • B160 Windshield Temperature and Inside Moisture Sensor UVF/Without UVF
        • B165 Content Theft Deterrent Sensor Module
        • B197 Charge Port Door Position Switch
        • B201 Brake Control Brake Pedal Position Sensor
        • B202 Hybrid Electronics Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • B203 Engine Coolant Radiator Temperature Sensor
        • B204A Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Temperature Sensor 1
        • B204B Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Temperature Sensor 2
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - B207A To K9 X1
      • Component Connector End Views
        • B207A Drive Motor 1 Temperature Sensor
        • B207B Drive Motor 2 Temperature Sensor
        • B208 Fuel Door Status Switch Assembly
        • B228A Drive Motor 1 Position Sensor
        • B228B Drive Motor 2 Position Sensor X1 X1
        • B228B Drive Motor 2 Position Sensor X2 X2
        • B258 Hybrid/EV Battery Coolant Level Switch
        • C4A Hybrid/EV Battery Section 1 X1 X1
        • C4A Hybrid/EV Battery Section 1 X2 X2
        • C4A Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 1 X3
        • C4B Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 2 X1
        • C4B Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 2 X2
        • C4C Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 3 X1
        • C4C Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 3 X2
        • C4C Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 3 X3
        • C4C Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cell Section 3 X4
        • E4LF Turn Signal Lamp - Left Front
        • E4N Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Left
        • E4P Park/Turn Signal Lamp - Right
        • E4RF Turn Signal Lamp - Right Front
        • E4Y Turn Signal Repeater Lamp - Left
        • E4Z Turn Signal Repeater Lamp - Right
        • E5 Backup Lamp T79
        • E5 Backup Lamp Without T79
        • E6 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp
        • E7L License Plate Lamp - Left
        • E7R License Plate Lamp - Right
        • E14A Seat Heating Element - Driver Back (KA1)
        • E14B Seat Heating Element - Driver Cushion (KA1)
        • E14C Seat Heating Element - Passenger Back (KA1)
        • E14D Seat Heating Element - Passenger Cushion (KA1)
        • E17D Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Driver X1
        • E17D Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Driver X2
        • E17P Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Passenger X1
        • E17P Outside Rearview Mirror Glass - Passenger X2
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X1 X1
        • E18 Rear Defogger Grid X2 X2
        • E29R Fog Lamp - Rear T79
        • E31L Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Left
        • E31R Sunshade Mirror Lamp - Right
        • E32 Cigarette Lighter Receptacle
        • E33 Cargo Lamp
        • E37F Dome/Reading Lamps - Front
        • E37R Dome/Reading Lamps - Rear
        • E41 Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater
        • E42L Tail Lamp Assembly - Left
        • E42R Tail Lamp Assembly - Right
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X1 X1
        • F101 Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag X2 X2
        • F103 Drive Motor Power Inverter Module Cable Cover
        • F105L Roof Rail Air Bag - Left
        • F105R Roof Rail Air Bag - Right
        • F106LF Seat Side Air Bag - Left Front
        • F106RF Seat Side Air Bag - Right Front
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X1
        • F107 Steering Wheel Air Bag X2
        • F112D Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F112P Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F113D Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Driver
        • F113P Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner - Passenger
        • F114D Knee Air Bag - Driver
        • F114P Knee Air Bag - Passenger
        • F118 Hybrid Battery Pack Connector Jumper Connector
        • G1 A/C Compressor X1 X1
        • G1 A/C Compressor X2 X2
        • G10L Cooling Fan Motor - Left
        • G10R Cooling Fan Motor - Right
        • G12 Fuel Pump
        • G21 Secondary Air Injection Pump (NU6)
        • G24 Windshield Washer Pump
        • G35 Hybrid Electronics Coolant Pump
        • G36 Auxiliary Heater Coolant Pump
        • G37 Hybrid Battery Pack Coolant Pump
        • G38 14V Power Module Cooling Fan
        • K1 14V Power Module X1
        • K1 14V Power Module X2 X2
        • K1 14V Power Module X3 X3
        • K1 14V Power Module X4 X4
        • K8 Blower Motor Control Module X1 X1
        • K8 Blower Motor Control Module X2
        • K9 Body Control Module X1 X1
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K84 X1 To Q8 X4
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X1 X1
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X2 X2
        • K84 Keyless Entry Control Module X4 X4
        • K85 Passenger Presence Detection Module (AL0)
        • K89 Immobilizer Control Module
        • K109 Frontview Camera Module
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X1 X1
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X2 X2
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X3 X3
        • K112A Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1 X4 X4
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 X1
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 X2
        • K112B Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2 X3
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X1
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X2
        • K112C Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3 X3
        • K112D Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 4 X1
        • K112D Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 4 X2
        • K112D Hybrid Battery Interface Control Module 4 X3 X3
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X1 X1
        • K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 X2 X2
        • M6 Air Temperature Door Actuator
        • M8 Blower Motor
        • M37 Mode Door Actuator
        • M46 Air Recirculation Door Actuator
        • M74D Window Motor - Driver
        • M74LR Window Motor - Left Rear
        • M74P Window Motor - Passenger
        • M74RR Window Motor - Right Rear
        • M75 Windshield Wiper Motor
        • M77D Outside Rearview Mirror Motor - Driver
        • M77P Outside Rearview Mirror Motor - Passenger
        • M97 Fuel Door Lock Actuator
        • P2 Transmission Shift Lever Position Indicator
        • P4 Security Siren RHD
        • P4 Security Siren LHD with UTP
        • P12L Horn - Left
        • P12R Horn - Right
        • P14 Passenger Air Bag Disabled Indicator
        • P16 Instrument Cluster
        • P17 Info Display Module
        • P19AC Speaker - Subwoofer UQA
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door UQA
        • P19AG Speaker - Left Front Door UZ6
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door UQA
        • P19AH Speaker - Right Front Door UZ6
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door UQA
        • P19AL Speaker - Left Rear Door UZ6
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door UQA
        • P19AM Speaker - Right Rear Door UZ6
        • P19H Speaker - Left Front Tweeter
        • P19V Speaker - Right Front Tweeter
        • P25 Power Sounder Content Theft Deterrent Alarm Module UTR
        • P36 Battery State of Charge Indicator
        • Q6E Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Exhaust
        • Q6F Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve - Intake
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X1
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X2
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X3
        • Q8 Control Solenoid Valve Assembly X4
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - K9 X2 To K83
      • Component Connector End Views
        • K9 Body Control Module X2 X2
        • K9 Body Control Module X3 X3
        • K9 Body Control Module X4 X4
        • K9 Body Control Module X5 X5
        • K9 Body Control Module X6 X6
        • K9 Body Control Module X7 X7
        • K10 Coolant Heater Control Module X1 X1
        • K10 Coolant Heater Control Module X2 X2
        • K16 Battery Energy Control Module X1
        • K16 Battery Energy Control Module X2
        • K16 Battery Energy Control Module X3
        • K17 Electronic Brake Control Module
        • K20 Engine Control Module X1 X1
        • K20 Engine Control Module X2 X2
        • K20 Engine Control Module X3 X3
        • K27 Fuel Pump Control Module
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X1
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X2
        • K29 Seat Heating Control Module X3
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X1 X1
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X2 X2
        • K33 HVAC Control Module X3 X3
        • K35 Ignition Coil Module
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X1 X1
        • K36 Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module X2 X2
        • K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module X1 X1
        • K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module X2 X2
        • K41 Front and Rear Parking Assist Control Module X3 X3
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X1 X1
        • K43 Power Steering Control Module X2 X2
        • K46 Radio Antenna Module X1 X1
        • K60 Steering Column Lock Control Module
        • K65 Tire Pressure Indicator Module
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X1 X1
        • K73 Telematics Communication Interface Control Module X2 X2
        • K77 Remote Control Door Lock Receiver UVF/Without UVF
        • K83 Parking Brake Control Module
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Component Connector End Views - Q12 To X98
      • Component Connector End Views
        • Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve
        • Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve
        • Q17A Fuel Injector 1
        • Q17B Fuel Injector 2
        • Q17C Fuel Injector 3
        • Q17D Fuel Injector 4
        • Q29 Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve (NU6)
        • Q38 Throttle Body
        • Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly
        • Q65 Hybrid Battery Pack Coolant Control Valve LHD
        • Q66 Passenger Compartment Heater Coolant Control Valve
        • R6B Terminal Resistor - Mid Speed Bus
        • S3 Transmission Shift Lever
        • S13 Door Lock Switch (RHD)
        • S15 Manual Service Disconnect
        • S16 Driver Information Center Switch
        • S25 Garage Door Opener (UG1)
        • S40 Passenger Air Bag Disable Switch
        • S46 Liftgate Handle Switch
        • S48B Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console
        • S51 Telematics Button Assembly
        • S52 Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
        • S70L Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Left
        • S70R Steering Wheel Controls Switch - Right
        • S78 Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch
        • S79D Window Switch - Driver
        • S79LR Window Switch - Left Rear
        • S79P Window Switch - Passenger
        • S79RR Window Switch - Right Rear
        • S82 Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
        • S83 Vehicle On/Off Switch
        • S91 Park Brake Control Switch
        • S117 Refuel Request Switch
        • S126 Drive Mode Select Switch (LHD)
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X1 (UQA)
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X2 (UQA)
        • T3 Audio Amplifier X3 (UQA)
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X1
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X2
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X3
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X4
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X5
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X6
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X7
        • T6 Power Inverter Module X8
        • T10B Keyless Entry Antenna - Instrument Panel Compartment
        • T10K Keyless Entry Antenna - Center Console Rear
        • T10G Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Fascia
        • T10J Keyless Entry Antenna - Center Console Front
        • T12 Automatic Transmission Assembly
        • T18 Battery Charger X1
        • T18 Battery Charger X2
        • T18 Battery Charger X3
        • T18 Battery Charger X4
        • X21 Manual Service Disconnect Receptacle X1
        • X21 Manual Service Disconnect Receptacle X2
        • X80H Accessory Power Receptacle - Center Console
        • X80L Accessory Power Receptacle - Rear Console
        • X83 Auxiliary Audio Input (5JZ)
        • X84 Data Link Connector
        • X84B Auxiliary Data Connector
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X1
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X2
        • X85 Steering Wheel Air Bag Coil X3
        • X98 Hybrid/EV Battery Charger Receptacle
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views - Index
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X100 To X252
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X100 Forward Lamp Harness to Front Fascia Harness
        • X101 Forward Lamp Harness to Front Fascia Harness
        • X102 Engine Harness to Cooling Fan Harness
        • X103 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Harness
        • X104 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Harness
        • X105 Forward Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X107 Forward Lamp Harness to Body Harness
        • X110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Assembly (EF7 or Z49)
        • X110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Assembly (except EF7 or Z49)
        • X120 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Assembly (EF7 or Z49)
        • X120 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Assembly (except EF7 or Z49)
        • X175 Engine Harness to Transmission Harness
        • X180 Forward Lamp Harness to Heater Pump Jumper Harness
        • X190 Engine Harness to Body Harness
        • X225 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X250 Instrument Panel Top Pad Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X252 Instrument Panel Harness to HVAC Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Inline Harness Connector End Views - X275 To X906
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • X275 Instrument Panel Harness to Body Harness
        • X310 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness
        • X315 Console Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X320 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • X322 Driver Seat Harness to Side Air Bag Jumper
        • X325 Headliner Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X326 Headliner Harness to Instrument Panel Harness
        • X327 Passenger Seat Harness to Side Air Bag Jumper
        • X350 Body Harness to EVAP Harness
        • X351 Body Harness to EVAP Harness
        • X354 Fuel Tank Harness to EVAP Harness
        • X355 EVAP Harness to Fuel Pressure Harness
        • X356 High Voltage Harness to High Voltage Harness
        • X357 Body Harness to Battery Disconnect Unit Harness
        • X358 Body Harness to Battery Disconnect Unit Harness
        • X359 Manual Service Disconnect Harness to Battery Disconnect Unit Harness
        • X450 Body Harness to Rear Fascia Harness (UD5)
        • X451 Body Harness to Rear Fascia Harness (without UD5)
        • X452 Body Harness to Battery Negative Harness
        • X500 Driver Door Harness to Body Harness LHD/RHD
        • X505 Driver Door Harness to Driver Door Trim Harness
        • X510 Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver to Driver Door Harness
        • X600 Passenger Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X610 Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger to Passenger Door Harness
        • X700 Left Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X800 Right Rear Door Harness to Body Harness
        • X900 Liftgate Jumper Harness to Body Harness
        • X901 Liftgate Jumper Harness to Body Harness
        • X905 Liftgate Jumper Harness to Liftgate Harness
        • X906 Liftgate Jumper Harness to Liftgate Harness
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • JX300 Splice Pack
        • JX301 Splice Pack
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance (ECT & RCT Sensors)
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Engine Heating/Cooling Wiring Schematics
          • Engine Cooling Fans
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P00B3 or P00B4: Radiator Coolant Temperature (RCT) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00B6: Radiator Coolant Temperature (RCT)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P00B7: Engine Coolant Flow
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0597-P0599: Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1485-P1487: Cooling Fan Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2181: Engine Cooling System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cooling System Draining and Filling
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Vac-N-Fill Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Outlet Front Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Upper Bracket Replacement
        • Cooling Fan and Shroud Replacement
        • Engine Coolant Air Bleed Hose Connector Replacement
        • Water Outlet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Inlet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Pulley Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Radiator Replacement
        • Radiator Air Lower Baffle and Deflector Replacement
        • Radiator Air Side Baffle Replacement - Left Side
        • Radiator Air Side Baffle Replacement - Right Side
        • Radiator Air Seal Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Engine Cooling System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittents
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold with Catalytic Converter Replacement
      • Exhaust Pipe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement
      • Exhaust Pipe Heat Shield Replacement (Front)
      • Exhaust Pipe Heat Shield Replacement (Rear)
      • Exhaust Pipe Heat Shield Replacement (Center)
      • Exhaust Rear Muffler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Fuel System
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
        • Engine Control Module Bracket Replacement
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Q38 Throttle Body: Throttle/Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
            • Reset Procedure
            • Learn Procedure
          • Throttle Learn
            • Reset Procedure - Performed after the throttle body is cleaned or replaced
            • Learn Procedure - Performed after the ECM is programmed or replaced
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Inlet Assembly)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Outlet)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (CH 48027-100)
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (Without CH 48027-100)
        • Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement - Fuel Feed Pipe
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Engine Compartment)
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Chassis)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Chassis Control Module Replacement
        • Fuel Pump Flow Control Module Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hose Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Bracket Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Control Valve Vacuum Hose Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Vacuum Leak Detection Pump Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement (Intake)
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement (Exhaust)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement (Exhaust)
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement (Intake)
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Resonator Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Check Valve Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pipe Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Air Cleaner Hose Replacement
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
        • Maintenance Replacement Parts
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
  • Engine Mechanical - 1.4L (LUU)
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Specifications
      • Approximate Fluid Capacities
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
        • Accessory Drive Components
        • Engine Front Cover And Oil Pump Assembly (1 of 2)
        • Engine Front Cover And Oil Pump Assembly (2 of 2)
        • Timing Chain Components
        • Intake Manifold Assembly
        • Cylinder Head Assembly
        • Engine Block Assembly
      • Engine Identification
        • Engine Number
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Measuring Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Engine Compression Test
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Drive Belt Chirping, Squeal and Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling and Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off and Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
      • Powertrain Mount Balancing
      • Engine Mount Replacement - Right Side
      • Engine Mount Inspection
      • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right Side
      • Engine Support Fixture
      • Intake Manifold Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Camshaft Timing Chain Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Timing Chain Tensioner Replacement
      • Hydraulic Valve Lash Adjuster Arm Replacement
      • Hydraulic Valve Lash Adjuster Replacement
      • Camshaft Intake and Exhaust Sprocket Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Oil Pan Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Automatic Transmission Flex Plate Replacement
      • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
      • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
      • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
      • Engine Front Cover with Oil Pump Replacement
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Switch Replacement
      • Engine Replacement (Volt)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Camshaft Cover Replacement
      • Intake Camshaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Camshaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal Removal
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal Installation
        • Installation Procedure
    • Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
      • Engine Mount Bracket Removal
      • Camshaft Timing Chain Inspection
      • Camshaft Timing Chain Adjustment
      • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
      • Engine Lift Bracket Removal
      • Exhaust Manifold Removal
      • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Removal
      • Water Outlet Removal
      • Air Conditioning Compressor Bracket Removal
      • Water Pump Pulley Removal
      • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
      • Water Pump Removal
      • Throttle Body Removal
      • Intake Manifold Removal
      • Ignition Coil Removal
      • Camshaft Cover Removal
      • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Removal
      • Oil Pan Removal
      • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Removal
      • Camshaft Timing Chain Removal
      • Timing Chain Tensioner Removal
      • Engine Front Cover Gasket Removal
      • Camshaft Sprocket Removal
      • Intake Camshaft Removal
      • Exhaust Camshaft Removal
      • Hydraulic Valve Lash Adjuster Arm Removal
      • Hydraulic Valve Lash Adjuster Removal
      • Cylinder Head Removal
      • Piston, Connecting Rod and Bearing Removal
      • Crankshaft and Bearing Removal
      • Cylinder Head Disassemble
      • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
        • Notes
        • Cleaning Procedure
        • Visual Inspection
        • Valve Inspection And Measurement
        • Cylinder Head Measurement
      • Cylinder Head Assemble
      • Engine Block Disassemble
      • Engine Block Assemble
      • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
      • Piston, Connecting Rod and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection
        • Visual Inspection And Cleaning Procedure
          • Connecting Rod
          • Piston
        • Piston And Connecting Rod Measurement Procedure
          • Piston Ring Clearance
          • Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance (With Micrometer Gauge Internal Measuring Device)
      • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
      • Intake Manifold Disassemble
      • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
      • Intake Manifold Assemble
      • Crankshaft and Bearing Cleaning and Inspection
        • Notes
        • Crankshaft End Play, Check
        • Crankshaft Out-of-Round, Check
        • Check Crankshaft Bearing Clearance (With Plastigage)
        • Check Crankshaft Bearing Clearance (With Micrometer Gauge Internal Measuring Device)
      • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Visual Inspection
        • Oil Pump Visual Inspection and Measurement
      • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Engine Front Cover Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Removal
      • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
      • Crankshaft and Bearing Installation
      • Piston, Connecting Rod and Bearing Installation
      • Cylinder Head Installation
      • Hydraulic Valve Lash Adjuster Installation
      • Hydraulic Valve Lash Adjuster Arm Installation
      • Intake Camshaft Installation
      • Exhaust Camshaft Installation
      • Camshaft Sprocket Installation
      • Timing Chain Tensioner Installation
      • Engine Front Cover Gasket Installation
      • Camshaft Timing Chain Installation
      • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Installation
        • Notes
        • Camshaft Sprocket Fastening
        • Upper Timing Chain Guide Installation
      • Oil Pan Installation
      • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Installation
      • Camshaft Cover Installation
      • Ignition Coil Installation
      • Oil Filter Installation
      • Intake Manifold Installation
      • Throttle Body Installation
      • Water Pump Installation
      • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
      • Water Pump Pulley Installation
      • Air Conditioning Compressor Bracket Installation
      • Water Pump Belt Installation
      • Water Outlet Installation
      • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Installation
      • Exhaust Manifold Installation
      • Engine Lift Bracket Installation
      • Engine Mount Bracket Installation
      • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Assemble
        • Oil Pump Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Assemble
      • Water Pump Belt Removal
      • Automatic Transmission Flex Plate Removal
      • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
        • Notes
        • Cleaning Procedure
        • Visual Inspection
        • Measuring Procedure
          • Engine Block Flatness Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore And Crankshaft Bearing Bore
      • Automatic Transmission Flex Plate Installation
    • Description and Operation
      • Engine Component Description
        • Cylinder Block
        • Crankshaft
        • Oil Pump
        • Oil Pan
        • Piston and Connecting Rod
        • Cylinder Head
        • Camshaft Drive with Variable Camshaft Timing
        • Intake Manifold
        • Exhaust Manifold
      • Lubrication Description
        • General Lubrication Description
        • Variable Oil Pump Description
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Wiring Schematics
          • 12V Battery Management
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B1325, B1330, B1517, C0800, C0899, C0900, C12E1, C12E2, P0561-P0563, P1A0C, P1A0D or P1EFC: Device Power/Battery Voltage/System Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1516: Battery Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • B1516 08
            • B1516 66
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B151A: Low Battery Capacity
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC B1527: Parasitic Load
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Charging
          • 12 V Battery
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • 300 V Battery
          • Absorbent Glass Mat Battery
          • 12 V Battery
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement (B+ APM Module to Battery Fuse Block)
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement (APM Module Ground Cable)
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Engine Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • 300 V Battery
          • Absorbent Glass Mat Battery
          • 12 V Battery
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hours
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • 12 V Battery
          • Electrical Power Management Overview
          • Charging Block Diagram
          • Charging System Components
          • Charging System Operation
          • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Normal Mode
          • Fuel Economy Mode
          • Headlamp Mode
          • Voltage Reduction Mode
          • Plant Assembly Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster Operation
        • Starting System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Engine Control Systems
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
        • Engine Control Module Bracket Replacement
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Q38 Throttle Body: Throttle/Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
            • Reset Procedure
            • Learn Procedure
          • Throttle Learn
            • Reset Procedure - Performed after the throttle body is cleaned or replaced
            • Learn Procedure - Performed after the ECM is programmed or replaced
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Inlet Assembly)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Outlet)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (CH 48027-100)
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (Without CH 48027-100)
        • Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement - Fuel Feed Pipe
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Engine Compartment)
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Chassis)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Chassis Control Module Replacement
        • Fuel Pump Flow Control Module Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hose Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Bracket Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Control Valve Vacuum Hose Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Vacuum Leak Detection Pump Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement (Intake)
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement (Exhaust)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement (Exhaust)
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement (Intake)
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Resonator Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Check Valve Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pipe Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Air Cleaner Hose Replacement
  • Fuel Delivery
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
        • Engine Control Module Bracket Replacement
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Q38 Throttle Body: Throttle/Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
            • Reset Procedure
            • Learn Procedure
          • Throttle Learn
            • Reset Procedure - Performed after the throttle body is cleaned or replaced
            • Learn Procedure - Performed after the ECM is programmed or replaced
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Inlet Assembly)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Outlet)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (CH 48027-100)
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (Without CH 48027-100)
        • Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement - Fuel Feed Pipe
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Engine Compartment)
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Chassis)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Chassis Control Module Replacement
        • Fuel Pump Flow Control Module Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hose Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Bracket Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Control Valve Vacuum Hose Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Vacuum Leak Detection Pump Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement (Intake)
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement (Exhaust)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement (Exhaust)
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement (Intake)
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Resonator Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Check Valve Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pipe Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Air Cleaner Hose Replacement
  • Ignition System
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
        • Engine Control Module Bracket Replacement
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Q38 Throttle Body: Throttle/Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
            • Reset Procedure
            • Learn Procedure
          • Throttle Learn
            • Reset Procedure - Performed after the throttle body is cleaned or replaced
            • Learn Procedure - Performed after the ECM is programmed or replaced
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Inlet Assembly)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Outlet)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (CH 48027-100)
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (Without CH 48027-100)
        • Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement - Fuel Feed Pipe
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Engine Compartment)
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Chassis)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Chassis Control Module Replacement
        • Fuel Pump Flow Control Module Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hose Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Bracket Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Control Valve Vacuum Hose Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Vacuum Leak Detection Pump Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement (Intake)
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement (Exhaust)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement (Exhaust)
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement (Intake)
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Resonator Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Check Valve Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pipe Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Air Cleaner Hose Replacement
  • Mode 6 - Gm
    • Introduction
    • GMLAN (Can)
  • Remove, Overhaul & Install
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
        • Engine Control Module Bracket Replacement
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Q38 Throttle Body: Throttle/Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
            • Reset Procedure
            • Learn Procedure
          • Throttle Learn
            • Reset Procedure - Performed after the throttle body is cleaned or replaced
            • Learn Procedure - Performed after the ECM is programmed or replaced
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Inlet Assembly)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Outlet)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (CH 48027-100)
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (Without CH 48027-100)
        • Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement - Fuel Feed Pipe
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Engine Compartment)
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Chassis)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Chassis Control Module Replacement
        • Fuel Pump Flow Control Module Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hose Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Bracket Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Control Valve Vacuum Hose Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Vacuum Leak Detection Pump Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement (Intake)
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement (Exhaust)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement (Exhaust)
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement (Intake)
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Resonator Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Check Valve Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pipe Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Air Cleaner Hose Replacement
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Data Communication System - DTC B1000 To DTC U183E
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module U Code List
        • DTC B1000: Electronic Control Unit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1016: Vehicle Identification Number
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C078A: Tire Pressure Indicator Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0601-P0606, P060A, P062F or P262B: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P06E4: Control Module Wake-Up Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Testing the Accessory Wake Up Serial Data 2 Circuits for a Short to Ground
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0A1F, P1A05 or P1A06: Battery Energy Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16B7: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16B8-P16BA: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16C1-P16C5: Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16C6: Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E8E-P1E91: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E94-P1E97: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E9A-P1E9D: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EA0-P1EA3: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 4
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EB1: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EB2-P1EB5 or P1FA6-P1FAA: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EB9: High Voltage Energy Management Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Testing the High Voltage Energy Management Communication Enable Circuits for a Short to Ground
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EC1 or P1EC2: Battery Energy Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EF8: Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1F06-P1F09: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0001: High Speed CAN Communication Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0020: Low Speed CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0073 or U2100: CAN Bus Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0074: Control Module Communication Powertrain Expansion
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Voltage
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Ground
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short between the Circuits
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for an Open/High Resistance
            • Testing the Device Circuits
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0077: Control Module Communication Chassis Expansion
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U007A: Control Module Communication High Voltage Energy Management
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Voltage
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Ground
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short between the Circuits
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for an Open/High Resistance
            • Testing the Device Circuits
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0078: Control Module Communication Low Speed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0100 - U02FF: Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0300 - U0336: Software Incompatibility
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0400 - U05FF: Invalid Data Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1500-U15FF: Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1793: 14V Power Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1795: 14V Power Module Powertrain Expansion
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U179A: Lost Communication with Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1803: Lost Communication with Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1806: Battery Energy Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U1807: Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U180A: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U180B: Battery Energy Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U180C: Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U180D: Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U1814: Powertrain Wake-Up Communication Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1817: Lost Communication with Hybrid Powertrain Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1818: Lost Communication with Engine Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1821: Lost Communication with 14V Power Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U182D: Lost Communication with Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U182E or U182F: Drive Motor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1833: Lost Communication with Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1838: Lost Communication with Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1839: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U183B: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U183C: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U183E: Lost Communication with Telematics Communication Interface Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Notes
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator System
          • CMP Actuator System Operation
        • Electronic Ignition System Description
          • Electronic Ignition System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Crankshaft Encoder Wheel
          • Camshaft Position Sensors
          • Knock Sensor
          • Ignition Coil Module
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Engine Control Module Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
        • Engine Maintenance and Fuel Monitor Description
          • Maintenance Mode Description
          • Operation
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • Typical Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hose Routing Diagram
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Propulsion System OFF
          • Propulsion System ON
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • EVAP System Components
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Electronic Returnless Fuel System
          • Chassis Control Module
          • Fuel Pressure Sensor
          • Flex Fuel Sensor
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Pressure Relief Regulator Valve
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
        • Secondary Air Injection System Description
          • Notes
          • System Fault Detection
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Notes
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Modes Of Operation
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - Specifications
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)
        • Temperature Versus Resistance (Intake Air Temperature Sensor)
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - DTC P0010 To DTC P0443
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0010, P0013 or P2088-P2091: Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0011 or P0014: Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0016 or P0017: Crankshaft Position - Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0030-P0032, P0036-P0038, P0053, P0054, P0135 or P0141: HO2S Heater Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0101: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0102 or P0103: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0106: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Skewed Sensor Test
            • Erratic Signal Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0107 or P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Skewed Sensor Test
            • Erratic Signal Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0111: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0112, P0113 or P0114: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0116: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0117, P0118 or P0119: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0121-P0123, P0222, P0223 or P2135: Throttle Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0128: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0131, P0132, P0134, P0137, P0138 or P0140: HO2S Circuit Low/High Voltage Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0133, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P015A, P015B, P2270 or P2271: HO2S Slow/Delayed Response
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0171 or P0172: Fuel Trim System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P018B-P018D: Fuel Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270 or P0271: Cylinder Injector Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0231, P0232 or P023F: Fuel Pump Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P025A: Fuel Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0300-P0304: Engine Cylinder Misfire
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0315: Crankshaft Position System Variation
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0324, P0326 or P06B6: Knock Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0325, P0327 or P0328: Knock Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0335 or P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0340, P0341, P0365 or P0366: Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0351-P0354, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309 or P2310: Ignition Coil 4 Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0411: Secondary Air Injection System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Secondary Air Injection Check Valve Malfunction
            • Secondary Air Injection Pump Malfunction
            • Secondary Air Injection System Pressure Not In Range
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0412, P041F or P044F: Secondary Air Injection Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0418, P2257 or P2258: Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0420: Catalyst System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P043E, P043F or P145F: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Reference Orifice
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0442 or P0455: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0443, P0458 or P0459: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Purge Solenoid Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - DTC P0449 To P2635 And Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0449, P0498 or P0499: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0451-P0453: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0497: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0601-P0604, P0606, P062B, P062F, P0630, P16F3 or P262B: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0627-P0629: Fuel Pump Enable Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0641 or P06A6: 5 V Reference Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0641, P0651, P0697 or P06A3: 5V Reference Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0650, P263A or P263B: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0685-P0687, P0689, P0690 or P1682: Engine Controls Ignition Relay
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P069E: Fuel Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P06E4: Control Module Wake-Up Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0700: Transmission Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0AC4: Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1101: Intake Air Flow System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P121A: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P121B or P121C: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1255 or P064A: Fuel Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1400: Cold Start Emission Reduction Control System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P145C or P145D: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P145E: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1461: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Pressure Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119 or P2176: Throttle Actuator Position
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P15F2: Engine Torque Command Signal Message Counter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15F9: Hybrid/EV System Engine Speed Control Intervention Request
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15FB: Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P162D: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Alarm Clock Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E00: Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2096 or P2097: Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138: Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P219A: Fuel Trim Cylinder Balance Bank
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2400-P2402: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2418-P2420: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Switching Valve Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2422: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2430 or P2431: Secondary Air Injection System Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Secondary Air Injection Pump Malfunction
            • Secondary Air Injection System Pressure Not In Range
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2432 or P2433: Secondary Air Injection System Pressure Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2440: Secondary Air Injection System Cut-Off Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2444: Secondary Air Injection System Pump
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2450: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P24B9-P24BB: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2618 or P2619: Crankshaft Position Signal Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2635: Fuel Pump Flow
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Symptoms Description
          • Symptoms Definition
          • Symptoms Verification
            • Notes
            • Visual/Physical Check
          • Symptoms Testing
            • Backfire, Cuts-Out, Misses, Detonation/Spark Knock, Dieseling/Run-On, ECM Commanded Reduced Engine Power, Fuel Odor, Hard Start, Poor Fuel Economy or Rough, Unstable or Incorrect Idle and Stalling.
          • Additional Symptoms Tests
            • Detonation/Spark Knock
            • ECM Commanded Reduced Engine Power
            • Fuel Odor
            • Hard Start
            • Poor Fuel Economy
            • Rough, Unstable Idle and/or Stalling
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Cranks But Does Not Run
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Verification
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Fuel Pressure Low
            • Fuel Pressure Leaks Down
            • Fuel Pressure Drops Off
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Scan Tool
          • Repair Instructions
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Test Description
          • Reference Information
          • System Verification
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool, If Available
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Repair Instructions
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Diagnosis
          • Reference Information
          • Operating Instructions for the Evaporative Emission System Tester (EEST)
            • Vehicle Setup
          • Flow Meter Test - Leak Detection
          • Smoke Procedure - Locate the Leak
          • Temperature Variation Instructions
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Conditions for Clearing I/M Test DTCs
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Description
          • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - Schematic Wiring Diagrams - Engine Controls Wiring Schematics
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Engine Controls Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, MIL and Data Communication
          • 5-Volt and Low Reference Busses
          • Engine Data Sensors - Pressure and Temperature
          • Engine Data Sensors - Oxygen Sensors
          • Engine Data Sensors - Throttle Controls
          • Ignition Controls - Ignition Coil Module
          • Ignition Controls - Sensors
          • Fuel Controls - Fuel Pump Controls
          • Fuel Controls - Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Controls - Evaporative Emission Controls
          • Device Controls - Secondary Air Injection (NU6)
          • Controlled/Monitored Subsystem References
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools)
        • Special Tools (Repair Tools)
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Data Communication System - DTC B1000 To DTC U183E
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module U Code List
        • DTC B1000: Electronic Control Unit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1016: Vehicle Identification Number
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B101E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056D: Electronic Control Unit Hardware
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C078A: Tire Pressure Indicator Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0601-P0606, P060A, P062F or P262B: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P06E4: Control Module Wake-Up Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Testing the Accessory Wake Up Serial Data 2 Circuits for a Short to Ground
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0A1F, P1A05 or P1A06: Battery Energy Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16B7: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16B8-P16BA: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16C1-P16C5: Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16C6: Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E8E-P1E91: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E94-P1E97: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E9A-P1E9D: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EA0-P1EA3: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module 4
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EB1: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EB2-P1EB5 or P1FA6-P1FAA: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EB9: High Voltage Energy Management Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Testing the High Voltage Energy Management Communication Enable Circuits for a Short to Ground
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EC1 or P1EC2: Battery Energy Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EF8: Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1F06-P1F09: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0001: High Speed CAN Communication Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0020: Low Speed CAN Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0073 or U2100: CAN Bus Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0074: Control Module Communication Powertrain Expansion
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Voltage
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Ground
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short between the Circuits
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for an Open/High Resistance
            • Testing the Device Circuits
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0077: Control Module Communication Chassis Expansion
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U007A: Control Module Communication High Voltage Energy Management
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Voltage
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short to Ground
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for a Short between the Circuits
            • Testing the Serial Data Circuits for an Open/High Resistance
            • Testing the Device Circuits
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0078: Control Module Communication Low Speed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U0100 - U02FF: Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0300 - U0336: Software Incompatibility
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U0400 - U05FF: Invalid Data Received
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1500-U15FF: Control Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1793: 14V Power Module Lost Communication
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1795: 14V Power Module Powertrain Expansion
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U179A: Lost Communication with Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1803: Lost Communication with Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1806: Battery Energy Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U1807: Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U180A: Electric A/C Compressor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U180B: Battery Energy Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U180C: Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U180D: Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
        • DTC U1814: Powertrain Wake-Up Communication Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1817: Lost Communication with Hybrid Powertrain Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1818: Lost Communication with Engine Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1821: Lost Communication with 14V Power Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U182D: Lost Communication with Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U182E or U182F: Drive Motor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1833: Lost Communication with Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1838: Lost Communication with Battery Charger Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U1839: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U183B: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U183C: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC U183E: Lost Communication with Telematics Communication Interface Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Notes
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator System
          • CMP Actuator System Operation
        • Electronic Ignition System Description
          • Electronic Ignition System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Crankshaft Encoder Wheel
          • Camshaft Position Sensors
          • Knock Sensor
          • Ignition Coil Module
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Engine Control Module Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
        • Engine Maintenance and Fuel Monitor Description
          • Maintenance Mode Description
          • Operation
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • Typical Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Hose Routing Diagram
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Propulsion System OFF
          • Propulsion System ON
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • EVAP System Components
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Electronic Returnless Fuel System
          • Chassis Control Module
          • Fuel Pressure Sensor
          • Flex Fuel Sensor
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Pressure Relief Regulator Valve
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
        • Secondary Air Injection System Description
          • Notes
          • System Fault Detection
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Notes
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Modes Of Operation
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - Specifications
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)
        • Temperature Versus Resistance (Intake Air Temperature Sensor)
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - DTC P0010 To DTC P0443
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0010, P0013 or P2088-P2091: Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0011 or P0014: Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0016 or P0017: Crankshaft Position - Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0030-P0032, P0036-P0038, P0053, P0054, P0135 or P0141: HO2S Heater Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0101: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0102 or P0103: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0106: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Skewed Sensor Test
            • Erratic Signal Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0107 or P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Notes
            • Skewed Sensor Test
            • Erratic Signal Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0111: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0112, P0113 or P0114: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0116: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0117, P0118 or P0119: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0121-P0123, P0222, P0223 or P2135: Throttle Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0128: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0131, P0132, P0134, P0137, P0138 or P0140: HO2S Circuit Low/High Voltage Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0133, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P015A, P015B, P2270 or P2271: HO2S Slow/Delayed Response
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0171 or P0172: Fuel Trim System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P018B-P018D: Fuel Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270 or P0271: Cylinder Injector Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0231, P0232 or P023F: Fuel Pump Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P025A: Fuel Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0300-P0304: Engine Cylinder Misfire
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0315: Crankshaft Position System Variation
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0324, P0326 or P06B6: Knock Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0325, P0327 or P0328: Knock Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Set
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0335 or P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0340, P0341, P0365 or P0366: Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0351-P0354, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309 or P2310: Ignition Coil 4 Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0411: Secondary Air Injection System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Secondary Air Injection Check Valve Malfunction
            • Secondary Air Injection Pump Malfunction
            • Secondary Air Injection System Pressure Not In Range
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0412, P041F or P044F: Secondary Air Injection Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0418, P2257 or P2258: Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0420: Catalyst System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P043E, P043F or P145F: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Reference Orifice
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0442 or P0455: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0443, P0458 or P0459: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Purge Solenoid Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - DTC P0449 To P2635 And Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0449, P0498 or P0499: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0451-P0453: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0497: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0601-P0604, P0606, P062B, P062F, P0630, P16F3 or P262B: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0627-P0629: Fuel Pump Enable Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0641 or P06A6: 5 V Reference Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0641, P0651, P0697 or P06A3: 5V Reference Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0650, P263A or P263B: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0685-P0687, P0689, P0690 or P1682: Engine Controls Ignition Relay
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P069E: Fuel Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P06E4: Control Module Wake-Up Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0700: Transmission Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0AC4: Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1101: Intake Air Flow System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P121A: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P121B or P121C: Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1255 or P064A: Fuel Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1400: Cold Start Emission Reduction Control System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P145C or P145D: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P145E: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1461: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Pressure Incorrect
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119 or P2176: Throttle Actuator Position
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P15F2: Engine Torque Command Signal Message Counter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15F9: Hybrid/EV System Engine Speed Control Intervention Request
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15FB: Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P162D: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Alarm Clock Signal
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E00: Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2096 or P2097: Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138: Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P219A: Fuel Trim Cylinder Balance Bank
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2400-P2402: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2418-P2420: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Switching Valve Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2422: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2430 or P2431: Secondary Air Injection System Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Secondary Air Injection Pump Malfunction
            • Secondary Air Injection System Pressure Not In Range
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2432 or P2433: Secondary Air Injection System Pressure Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2440: Secondary Air Injection System Cut-Off Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2444: Secondary Air Injection System Pump
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2450: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P24B9-P24BB: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2618 or P2619: Crankshaft Position Signal Output Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2635: Fuel Pump Flow
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Symptoms Description
          • Symptoms Definition
          • Symptoms Verification
            • Notes
            • Visual/Physical Check
          • Symptoms Testing
            • Backfire, Cuts-Out, Misses, Detonation/Spark Knock, Dieseling/Run-On, ECM Commanded Reduced Engine Power, Fuel Odor, Hard Start, Poor Fuel Economy or Rough, Unstable or Incorrect Idle and Stalling.
          • Additional Symptoms Tests
            • Detonation/Spark Knock
            • ECM Commanded Reduced Engine Power
            • Fuel Odor
            • Hard Start
            • Poor Fuel Economy
            • Rough, Unstable Idle and/or Stalling
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Cranks But Does Not Run
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Verification
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Fuel Pressure Low
            • Fuel Pressure Leaks Down
            • Fuel Pressure Drops Off
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Injector Solenoid Coil Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Scan Tool
          • Repair Instructions
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Test Description
          • Reference Information
          • System Verification
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool, If Available
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Repair Instructions
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Diagnosis
          • Reference Information
          • Operating Instructions for the Evaporative Emission System Tester (EEST)
            • Vehicle Setup
          • Flow Meter Test - Leak Detection
          • Smoke Procedure - Locate the Leak
          • Temperature Variation Instructions
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Conditions for Clearing I/M Test DTCs
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Description
          • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - Schematic Wiring Diagrams - Engine Controls Wiring Schematics
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Engine Controls Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, MIL and Data Communication
          • 5-Volt and Low Reference Busses
          • Engine Data Sensors - Pressure and Temperature
          • Engine Data Sensors - Oxygen Sensors
          • Engine Data Sensors - Throttle Controls
          • Ignition Controls - Ignition Coil Module
          • Ignition Controls - Sensors
          • Fuel Controls - Fuel Pump Controls
          • Fuel Controls - Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Controls - Evaporative Emission Controls
          • Device Controls - Secondary Air Injection (NU6)
          • Controlled/Monitored Subsystem References
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools)
        • Special Tools (Repair Tools)
  • Tune-Up
    • Engine Controls And Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
        • Engine Control Module Bracket Replacement
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Q38 Throttle Body: Throttle/Idle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
            • Reset Procedure
            • Learn Procedure
          • Throttle Learn
            • Reset Procedure - Performed after the throttle body is cleaned or replaced
            • Learn Procedure - Performed after the ECM is programmed or replaced
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Inlet Assembly)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement (Water Outlet)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor with Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
        • Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (CH 48027-100)
        • Fuel Pressure Relief (Without CH 48027-100)
        • Fuel Pressure Gauge Installation and Removal
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement - Fuel Feed Pipe
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Replacement
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Engine Compartment)
        • Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement (Chassis)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Chassis Control Module Replacement
        • Fuel Pump Flow Control Module Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hose Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Bracket Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Control Valve Vacuum Hose Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Vacuum Leak Detection Pump Replacement
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement (Intake)
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement (Exhaust)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement (Exhaust)
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement (Intake)
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Resonator Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Check Valve Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pipe Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Replacement
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Air Cleaner Hose Replacement
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Antilock Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Automatic Transmission - 4ET50 - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels And Closures - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Cellular, Entertainment, And Navigation - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Cruise Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Data Communication System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Controls/Fuel - 1.4L (LUU) - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Engine Cooling System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Fixed And MOVEABLE Windows - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Horn System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • HVAC System - Automatic - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hybrid/EV Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hybrid/EV Cooling System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hybrid/EV Energy Storage System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Hydraulic Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Immobilizer System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Lighting System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Object Detection System - Park Assist System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Parking Brake System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Plug-In Charging - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Power Door Lock System And Release Systems - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Power Steering System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Seat Belt System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Seat Heating System And Seat Cooling System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Shift Lock Control System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Theft Deterrent System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Wiper System And Washer System - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Diagnostic Trouble Codes
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Acronyms and Units
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • VIN Plate
          • VIN Body Stamping
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Fastener Strength Identification
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Door Lock and Ignition Lock Folding and Non-Folding Key Cutting
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting- Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Lifting- Service Jack
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
          • Special Tools
          • Tech 2, MDI Diagnostic Tools and Accessories, Dealer Equipment
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Acronyms and Units
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • VIN Plate
          • VIN Body Stamping
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Fastener Strength Identification
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Door Lock and Ignition Lock Folding and Non-Folding Key Cutting
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting- Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Lifting- Service Jack
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
          • Special Tools
          • Tech 2, MDI Diagnostic Tools and Accessories, Dealer Equipment
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • Dangers, Warnings And Cautions
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Danger, Warning, Caution and Note
          • Notes
          • DANGER Defined
          • WARNING Defined
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTE or IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Warning
        • Actions to Take When Working with Fuel Warning
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Warning
        • Assistant Driving Warning
        • Battery Disconnect Warning
        • Brake Dust Warning
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Warning
        • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Warning
        • Cleaning Solvent Warning
        • Collision Sectioning Warning
        • Cracked Window Warning
        • Defroster Outlet Warning
        • Exhaust Service Warning
        • Express Window Down Warning
        • Eye Protection Warning
        • Foam Sound Deadeners Warning
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission Pipe Warning
        • Fuel Gauge Leak Warning
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Warning
        • Fuel Storage Warning
        • Fuel Vapors in Evaporative Emission Components Warning
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Warning
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Warning
        • Halogen Bulb Warning
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Warning
        • Hot Exhaust System Warning
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Warning
        • Protective Goggles and Glove Warning
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Warning
        • Road Test Warning
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Warning
        • Safety Glasses Warning
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Warning
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Warning
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Warning
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Warning
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Warning
        • SIR Seatbelt Pretensioner Handling Warning
        • SIR Special Tool Warning
        • SIR Warning
        • Steering Angle Sensor Initialization Warning
        • Torque-to-Yield Fastener Warning
        • Window Retention Warning
        • Work Stall Test Warning
        • Air in the Power Steering System Caution
        • Avoid Chipping or Scratching the Coating Caution
        • Ball Stud Removal Caution
        • Belt Dressing Caution
        • Brake Caliper Caution
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Caution
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Caution
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Caution
        • Collision Repair Anchoring Caution
        • Component Fastener Tightening Caution
        • Drive Axle Caution
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Caution
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Caution
        • Fastener Caution
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Caution
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Caution
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Resistance Learn Reset Caution
        • HVAC Module Drain Tube Caution
        • Installing Hoses without Twists or Bends Caution
        • Paint Damage Caution
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Caution
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Caution
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Caution
        • Steering Column in Lock Position Caution
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Caution
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Caution
        • Steering Wheel Straight and Column Locked Caution
        • Tape Corners of Panel Caution
        • Test Probe Caution
        • Three-Way Catalytic Converter Damage Caution
        • Torque Reaction Against Timing Drive Chain Caution
        • Torque-to-Yield Fastener Caution
        • Transmission Fluid Vent Cap Removal Caution
        • Transmission Overfill Caution
        • Using Proper Power Steering Fluid Caution
        • Valve Lifter Priming Caution
        • Window Edge Damage Caution
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Acronyms and Units
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • VIN Plate
          • VIN Body Stamping
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Fastener Strength Identification
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Door Lock and Ignition Lock Folding and Non-Folding Key Cutting
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting- Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Lifting- Service Jack
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
          • Special Tools
          • Tech 2, MDI Diagnostic Tools and Accessories, Dealer Equipment
    • Vehicle Diagnostic Information - Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • Diagnostic System Check Instructions
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic System Check
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic System Check
        • Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
          • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptom Byte List
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • Body Repair
          • Body Systems
          • Brakes
          • Driveline/Axle
          • Driver Information and Entertainment
          • Engine
          • General Information
          • HVAC
          • Power and Signal Distribution
          • Safety and Security
          • Seats
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Transmission
        • Engine Cranks But Does Not Run
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
        • Diagnostic Repair Verification
    • Vehicle Diagnostic Information - Scan Tool Data
      • Specifications
        • Accessory DC Power Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Automatic Transmission Auxiliary Fluid Pump Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Body Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Chassis Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Driver Seat and Passenger Seat Heater Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Electronic Parking Brake Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • K20 Engine Control Module: Scan Tool Information
        • Battery Energy Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Scan Tool Information
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System Scan Tool Information
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Scan Tool Information
        • Instrument Cluster Scan Tool Information
        • Motor Control Module 1 Scan Tool Information
        • Motor Control Module 2 Scan Tool Information
        • Object Alarm Module Scan Tool Information
        • Power Steering Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Radio Scan Tool Information
        • Steering Column Lock Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Scan Tool Information
        • Transmission Control Module Scan Tool Information
    • Vibration Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Vibration Diagnosis, Starting Point and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing (EL-38792-A Electronic Vibration Analyzer)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing (CH-51450-NVH Oscilloscope)
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Notes
          • Tire Rotational Speed
          • Calculating Tire Revolutions Per Second or Hz at Concern Speed
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
          • Vehicle Payload
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
          • Notes
          • Tire Wear
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Variation
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
            • Powertrain Vibration Cycles
            • Vibration Cycles in Powertrain Components
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Oscilloscope Diagnostic Kit Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Oscilloscope Inputs
          • NVH Software Set-up
          • Oscilloscope NVH Display
          • Oscilloscope Balancing
          • Oscilloscope Balancing Software Set-up
          • Oscilloscope Balancing Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure (30)
      • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure (1 Of 2)
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
        • Maintenance Replacement Parts
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory DC Power Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Audio Amplifier Programming and Setup
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
        • Battery Charger Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Battery Energy Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Chassis Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Coolant Heater Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Drive Motor Power Inverter Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Electronic Brake Control Module or Reprogram Electronic Brake Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Electronic Parking Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • K20 Engine Control Module: Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Front View Camera Module Programming and Setup
          • Front View Camera Module Replacement
          • Front View Camera Module Reprogramming
        • Garage Door Opener Programming and Setup
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Heated Seat Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • HVAC System Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hybrid Battery Interface Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Immobilizer Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Instrument Cluster Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Keyless Entry Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Object Alarm Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Parking Assist Control Module Replacement
          • Parking Assist Control Module Reprogramming
        • Passenger Presence System Programming and Setup
        • Power Steering Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Control Programming and Setup
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Radio Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module
          • Reprogram Control Module
          • XM Activation (If Equipped)
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Steering Column Lock Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Replace and Program Steering Column Lock Control Module or Reprogram Steering Column Lock Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Programming and Setup (with UKF)
          • Notes
          • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Telematics Communication Interface Control Module Programming and Setup (with UE1)
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Replace and Program Control Module or Reprogram Control Module
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Receiver Programming and Setup (UJN)
          • Replace and Program ECU or Reprogram ECU
        • Transmission Auxiliary Fluid Pump Control Module Programming and Setup
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Indicators
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Acronyms and Units
        • Customer Concern Verification Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • VIN Plate
          • VIN Body Stamping
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Placard, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Fastener Strength Identification
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Door Lock and Ignition Lock Folding and Non-Folding Key Cutting
        • Front Side Door Lock Cylinder Coding
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting- Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Lifting- Service Jack
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
          • Special Tools
          • Tech 2, MDI Diagnostic Tools and Accessories, Dealer Equipment
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs And Procedures
      • Common Specs & Procedures Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation, And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Handling of Refrigerant Lines and Fittings
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Visual Inspection
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Replacing System Dye After Flushing
          • Electronic Leak Detection
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
        • A/C Diagnostics Chart
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Oil Diagnosis
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning (A/C) Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging (High Voltage Electric Compressor)
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • ACR2000 (GE-48800) Hose Flush Procedure
            • Notes
            • Before Beginning the Hose Flushing Procedure
            • Hose Flushing Procedure
          • ACR2000 (GE-48800) A/C System Procedure
        • Air Conditioning and Drive Motor Battery Cooling Compressor Replacement
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Compressor and Condenser Hose Replacement
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Front Hose Replacement
        • Air Conditioning Compressor and Evaporator Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Thermal Expansion Valve Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Refrigerant Service Valve Core Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Refrigerant Desiccant Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement (A/C Evaporator)
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement (Drive Motor Battery Coolant Cooler)
        • Air Conditioning Refrigerant Pressure Sensor O-Ring Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement - Low Pressure
        • Air Conditioning Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement - High Pressure
        • Air Conditioning Refrigerant Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Air Conditioning Condenser Replacement
        • Air Conditioning and Heater Module Assembly Removal and Installation
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator Replacement
        • Air Conditioning Evaporator and Blower Module Drain Hose Replacement
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement
        • Heater Inlet And Outlet Pipe Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Outlet Hose Replacement
        • Heater Core Outlet Tube Replacement
        • Heater Core Inlet Tube Replacement
        • Heater Inlet Pipe Adapter Replacement
        • Air Inlet Valve Actuator Gear Replacement
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Replacement
        • Air Inlet Assembly Replacement
        • Blower Motor Control Module Replacement
        • Air Inlet Valve and Inside Air Valve Control Cam Replacement
        • Air Inlet Valve Lever Replacement
        • Blower Motor Replacement
        • Air Distributor Case Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Center Air Outlet Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Replacement - Right Side
        • Floor Front Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Right Side
        • Floor Front Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Center Air Outlet Duct Replacement
        • Windshield Defroster Nozzle Replacement
        • Side Window Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side
        • Side Window Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Right Side
        • Mode Control Cam Actuator Replacement
        • Mode Valve Lever Replacement
        • Heater Coolant Heater Heat Shield Replacement
        • Heater Core Replacement
        • Heater Coolant Heater Air Supply Hose Replacement
        • Heater Coolant Heater Replacement
        • Heater Water Auxiliary Pump Replacement
        • Heater Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Accessory DC Power Control Module Cooling Air Inlet Duct Replacement
        • Accessory DC Power Control Module Cooling Air Duct Replacement
        • Accessory DC Power Control Module Cooling Blower Replacement
        • Heater Water Shutoff Valve Replacement
        • Heater Water Shutoff Valve Actuator Inlet Hose Replacement
        • Heater Water Shutoff Valve Inlet Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Water Auxiliary Pump Inlet Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Vent Hose Replacement
        • Heater Outlet Hose Vapor Vent Hose Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Heating and Air Conditioning System Description and Operation
          • Heating
          • Air Conditioning
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC System - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • HVAC Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Data Communication and Blower Controls
          • Actuators
          • Temperature Sensors
          • Cabin Heater
          • Compressor Controls
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • HVAC Component Replacement Reference
        • DTC B0163: Passenger Compartment Temperature Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0173, B0178 or B3933: Left Duct Air Temperature Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B018A, B048C, B048F or B1395: Humidity Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0183: Solar Load Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0193: Front Blower Motor Speed Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0223, B0233, B023A or B0408: Air Flow Control Circuit/Main Temperature Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0468, B046B or B046C: Auxiliary Heater Coolant Pump
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B046A: Auxiliary Heater Coolant Pump Temperature Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0071-P0073: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0531, P0532 or P0533: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0534: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D69-P0D7F: A/C Compressor Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0AF8: Hybrid System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P151C or P2516-P2518: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Low Side Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1ECA or P1EC9: A/C Compressor Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1F0A-P1F0D: A/C Compressor Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15C5, P2681, P26A3, P26A5-P26A7 or P26A9: Engine Coolant Bypass Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Afterblow Enabling
        • Actuator Recalibration
          • Notes
          • Preferred Method (with Scan Tool)
          • Alternate Method (without Scan Tool)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Passenger Compartment Heater Coolant Control Solenoid Valve Learn Procedure
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Control Valve Learn
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Heater and Air Conditioning Remote Control Replacement
        • Air Inlet Valve Actuator Replacement
        • Mode Control Cam Actuator Replacement
        • Temperature Valve Actuator Replacement
        • Air Conditioning Refrigerant Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Duct Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper
        • Duct Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower
        • Inside Air Moisture and Windshield Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Sun Load Temperature and Headlamp Automatic Control Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic HVAC Description and Operation
          • HVAC Control Components
          • Air Speed
          • Air Delivery
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Recirculation Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Coolant Heater Control Module
          • A/C Compressor Cycle
• Hybrid/Electric Powertrain
  • Battery Management Systems
    • Hybrid/EV Energy Storage System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Hybrid/EV Energy Storage Wiring Schematics
          • Battery Energy Control Module Power, Ground and Data Communication
          • K114B Hybrid Powertrain Control Module 2 Power, Ground and Internal Battery Communication
          • High Voltage Interlock Loop - Main
          • High Voltage Interlock Loop - Charging
          • High Voltage Contactors - Control
          • High Voltage Contactors - High Voltage Positive
          • Hybrid/EV Battery Section 1
          • Hybrid/EV Battery Section 2
          • Hybrid/EV Battery Section 3
          • High Voltage Contactors - High Voltage Negative
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • High Voltage Safety
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Precautions when Performing Service or Inspections
          • Labels for Components, Wire Harness and Connectors
          • High Voltage insulation Glove Inspection Procedure
        • High Voltage Disabling
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Servicing the A4 Hybrid/EV Battery Pack, 360 V DC Cables and General Vehicle Servicing
            • Servicing the T6 Power Inverter Module Assembly or T12 Transmission
            • Servicing the K1 14 V Accessory Power Module
            • Servicing the T18 Battery Charger or X98 Hybrid/EV Battery Charger Receptacle
            • Servicing the G1 Air Conditioning Compressor
            • Servicing the K10 Coolant Heater Control Module
        • High Voltage Enabling
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
        • EL-48571 High Voltage Battery Pin Out Box Reference
        • DTC P0A0C or P0A0D: High Voltage System Interlock Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0A7F: Hybrid/EV Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0AA1, P0AD9, P0ADD, P0AE2, P0AE4, P0D0A, P0D11, P1EBC-P1EBF, P1EC0 or P1EC3-P1EC5: Hybrid/EV Battery/Battery Charging System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • P0AE2 or P0AE4 - Hybrid/EV Battery Precharge Transistor Diagnosis
            • P1EC3, P1EC4 or P1EC5 - Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Heater Transistor Diagnosis
            • P1EC0 - Hybrid/EV Battery System Contactors Stuck Open Diagnosis
            • P0ADD - Hybrid/EV Battery Negative Contactor Diagnosis
            • P0AA1 or P0AD9 - Hybrid/EV Battery Positive Contactor Diagnosis
            • P0D11 - Battery Charging System Negative Contactor Diagnosis
            • P0D0A - Battery Charging System Positive Contactor Diagnosis
            • P1EBC, P1EBE or P1EBF - Hybrid/EV Battery Multifunction Contactor Diagnosis
          • Component Testing
            • Negative Contactor Test
            • Positive Contactor Test
            • Charger Negative Contactor Test
            • Charger Positive Contactor Test
            • Multifunction Contactor Test
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0AA6, P1AE6 or P0DAA: Battery Charging Voltage System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0ABB, P0ABC or P0ABD: Hybrid/EV Battery Voltage Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • P0ABB
            • P0ABC or P0ABD
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0AC1, P0AC2, P0B10, P0B11, P0B13, P1EBA or P1EBB: Hybrid/EV Battery Resolution Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • P0AC1, P0AC2, P0B10 and P0B11
            • P0B13
            • P1EBA and P1EBB
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0AF8: Hybrid/EV System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Battery Charger Bus Diagnostics
            • Battery Main Bus Diagnostics
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0AFA or P0AFB: Hybrid/EV Battery System Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Hybrid Battery Pack Voltage Diagnosis
            • Hybrid Battery 1-96 Cell Group Diagnosis
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0B3B-P0BBB, P1B16-P1B2D, P1B45-P1BFE, P1E01-P1E06 or P1E4C-P1E8A: Hybrid/EV Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Battery Circuit
            • Circuit Performance
            • Low Voltage
            • High Voltage
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0C77 or P0C78: Hybrid/EV Battery System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • P0C77
            • P0C78
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0D17 or P0D18: Battery Charging System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • P0D17
            • P0D18
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1A07, P1E93, P1E99, P1E9F or P1EA5: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • P1A07
            • P1E93, P1E99, P1E9F, P1EA5
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P1A07
            • P1E93, P1E99, P1E9F, P1EA5
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E92, P1E98, P1E9E or P1EA4: Hybrid/EV Battery Interface Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EAB or P1EAC: Hybrid/EV Battery Cell
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • P1EAB
            • P1EAC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1F17: System Isolation/Impact Sensor Fault
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Loss of Isolation on the High Voltage Main Bus
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hybrid/EV Battery Voltage Present
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Troubleshooting With an Insulation Multimeter
          • Notes
          • How to Use the Insulation Multimeter
        • Rechargeable Energy Storage System Smoke Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • High Voltage System Inspection
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Inspection Procedure
            • Air Bags Deployed Inspection
          • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Charger and 14 V Power Module Maxi Fuse Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Motor Battery High Voltage Manual Disconnect Lever Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Voltage Battery High Voltage Manual Disconnect Connector Replacement
        • Underbody Air Deflector Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Cover Seal Replacement (Cover)
        • Battery Cover Seal Replacement (Junction Block Relay)
        • Battery Energy Control Module Replacement
        • 300-Volt Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement (Drive Motor Battery-to-Inverter)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 300-Volt Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement (Inverter-to-Compressor/Heater Module)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 300-Volt Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement (Drive Motor Battery-to-Charger)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 300-Volt Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement (Drive Motor Battery-to-APM Module)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Energy Control Module Wiring Harness Replacement
        • Cell Battery Replacement (Section 1)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cell Battery Replacement (Section 2)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cell Battery Replacement (Section 3)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Motor Battery Current Sensor Replacement
        • High Voltage Battery Interface Control Module Replacement (Module 1)
        • High Voltage Battery Interface Control Module Replacement (Module 2)
        • High Voltage Battery Interface Control Module Replacement (Module 3)
        • High Voltage Battery Interface Control Module Replacement (Module 4)
        • Battery Cable Replacement (Terminal to Battery 1)
        • Battery Cable Replacement (Battery 2 to Battery 3)
        • Battery Cable Replacement (Battery 3 to Battery 4)
        • Battery Cable Replacement (Terminal to Battery 4)
        • Drive Motor Battery Wire Junction Block Relay Replacement
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Motor Battery Replacement and Shipping Preparation (Volt)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Battery Wiring Harness Replacement (Module Harness 1)
        • Auxiliary Battery Wiring Harness Replacement (Module Harness 2)
        • Auxiliary Battery Wiring Harness Replacement (Module Harness 3)
        • Auxiliary Battery Wiring Harness Replacement (Module Harness 4)
        • Clear Secured High Voltage DTCs
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
        • Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Capacity Learn
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Capacity Learn
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hybrid/EV Battery Cell Balancing
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Inspection Procedure
        • Hybrid/EV Battery System Verification
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
      • Description and Operation
        • Drive Motor Battery System Description
          • Overview
          • Location
        • Hybrid/EV System High Voltage Isolation Description
          • Loss of Isolation Description
          • Vehicle Loss of Isolation Detection
          • Passive Isolation Testing
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Parameters
          • Active Isolation Testing
          • High Voltage System
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Cooling Systems
    • Hybrid/EV Battery Heating And Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Hybrid/EV Cooling Wiring Schematics
          • Hybrid/EV Electronics Cooling
          • Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cooling (LHD)
          • Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cooling (RHD)
          • Hybrid/EV Battery Modules - Temperature Sensors 1 through 4
          • Hybrid/EV Battery Modules - Temperature Sensors 5 through 9
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0480: Cooling Fan Relay
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0A7E: Hybrid/EV Battery Pack
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0A9C-P0A9E, P0AC6-P0ACD, P0AE9-P0AEB, P0BC3-P0BC5, P0C34-P0C36 or P0C7D-P0C8B: Hybrid/EV Battery Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0C32: Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cooling System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0C43-P0C45: Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Temperature Sensor 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0C47, P0C4A, P1E8C, P1E8D or P1F18: Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Pump
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0CD6-P0CD8: Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Temperature Sensor 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0CE2, P0CE3, P1EC7, P1EC8 or P1F56: Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Control Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0CE5-P0CE7 and P1F58: Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Control Valve Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0CE9, P0CEA, P1F44 or P1F45: Hybrid/EV Electronics Coolant Pump
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0CEF-P0CF1: Hybrid/EV Electronics Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1FF5, P1FF9 or P1FFA: 14 Volt Power Module Cooling Fan
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P148A-P148C: Cooling Fan Signal Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EC6: Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Heater
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1FFB-P1FFE: Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Level Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1FFF: Hybrid/EV Battery Charging System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hybrid/EV Electronics Cooling Diagnostic
        • Hybrid/EV Battery Cooling Diagnostic
        • Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Pump Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • 14 V Power Module Cooling Fan Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hybrid/EV Electronics Coolant Pump Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Hybrid Cooling System Loss of Coolant (Power Electronics)
        • Hybrid Cooling System Loss of Coolant (Battery)
        • Hybrid Cooling System Pressure Cap Testing
          • Notes
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Hybrid Coolant Leak Test
        • Hybrid Battery Pack Coolant Passage Leak Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Drive Motor Battery Cooling System Draining and Filling
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Vac-N-Fill Procedure
          • Removing Excess Coolant From System
        • Drive Motor Generator Power Inverter Module Cooling System Draining and Filling
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Vac-N-Fill Procedure
        • Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Coolant Level Sensor Replacement
        • Generator Control Module Coolant Tank Hose Replacement
        • Drive Motor Generator Control Module Coolant Pump Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Motor Generator Control Module Cooling Outlet Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Motor Generator Control Module Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement
        • Generator Control Module Coolant Radiator Hose Replacement
        • Generator Control Module Coolant Pump Replacement
        • Radiator Grille Screen Replacement
        • Battery Heater Replacement
        • Drive Motor Power Inverter Module Cooling Inlet Hose Replacement
        • Coolant Cap Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Motor Battery Coolant Cooler Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Coolant Radiator Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Coolant Filter Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Coolant Pump Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Coolant Pump Inlet Hose Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Radiator Surge Tank Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Coolant/Air Separator Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Coolant Cooler Outlet Hose Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Coolant Flow Control Valve Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Coolant Inlet Hose Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Coolant Outlet Hose Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Coolant Cooler Inlet Hose Replacement
        • Drive Motor Battery Coolant Cooler Inlet Hose Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Voltage Battery Cooling Manifold Inlet Hose Replacement (Heater to 90 cell)
        • High Voltage Battery Cooling Manifold Inlet Hose Replacement (72 Cell To 126 Cell)
        • High Voltage Battery Cooling Plate Hose Replacement (90 Cell To 72 Cell)
        • High Voltage Battery Cooling Manifold Outlet Hose Replacement (72 Cell To 126 Cell)
        • Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Control Valve Learn
          • Notes
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Coolant Control Valve Learn
          • Unsuccessful Programming Recovery
          • Repair Instructions
      • Description and Operation
        • Drive Motor Battery Cooling Description
          • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Battery Cooling System Description and Operation
        • Drive Motor Generator Control Module Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Power Electronics Cooling System Description and Operation
        • Hybrid Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Hybrid Electronics Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Passenger Compartment Heater System Description and Operation
          • 14 V Power Module Cooling
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Electric Converters and Controllers
    • Hybrid/EV Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Hybrid/EV Controls Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground and Data Communication
          • Drive Motor Monitoring
          • Battery Contactor Status and Transmission Internal Mode Switch
          • Drive Motors and Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Controls
      • Component Locator
        • Hybrid Controls Electronic Component Views
          • Hybrid Control Electronic Component Views
          • High Voltage Ring Terminal Locator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0335 or P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0506 or P0507: Idle Speed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0601-P0604, P0606, P062F, P1EB6 or P1EB7: Control Module/Drive Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P061A or P061B: Control Module Torque
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P06AF: Torque Management System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P06B1, P06B2, P06B4, P06B5, P06E7 or P06E8: Sensor Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0A1B or P0A1C: Drive Motor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0A3F, P0A40, P0C52, P0C53, P0C5C, P0C5D or P1B03: Drive Motor 1 Position Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0A45, P0A46, P0C57, P0C58, P0C61, P0C62 or P1B04: Drive Motor 2 Position Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0A78 or P0A79: Drive Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0A89: 14V Power Module Current Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0A8D-P0A8F: 14V Power Module System Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0AB9: Hybrid/EV System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0AEE, P0AEF, P0AF0, P0AF3-P0AF5, P0BD2-P0BD4, P0BD7-P0BD9, P0BDC-P0BDE or P0BE1-P0BE3: Drive Motor Inverter Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0B0D: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0BE6-P0BE8, P0BEA-P0BEC, P0BEE, P0BEF, P0BF0, P0BF2-P0BF4, P0BF6-P0BF8 or P0BFA-P0BFC: Drive Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0BFD or P0BFE: Drive Motor Phases U-V-W
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0C01 or P0C04: Drive Motor High Current
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0C05 or P0C08: Drive Motor Phase U-V-W
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0C0B or P0C0E: Drive Motor Inverter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0C11-P0C16: Drive Motor Inverter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0C17, P0C18, P1B0F or P1B10: Drive Motor Position
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • 3-Phase Circuit Malfunction
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0C19: Drive Motor 1 Torque
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0C1A: Drive Motor Torque
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0C20: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0C28: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0C4E: Drive Motor 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0C4F: Drive Motor 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0C76: Hybrid/EV Battery System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P150D or P150E: Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15F0: Engine Torque Delivered Signal Message Counter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15F1: Axle Torque Request Signal Message Counter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P15F2: Engine Torque Command Signal Message Counter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16E0: Engine Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16F2: Control Module Transmission Direction Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16F3: Control Module Redundant Memory
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16F4: Control Module Transmission Range Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P16F6: Control Module Transmission Range
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P179A: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P181C-P181F, P183A-P183E, P184A or P184B: Internal Mode Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P183F: Internal Mode Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1A4F, P1A50-P1A54, P1ADC or P1ADD: Drive Motor Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1A56: Hybrid/EV System Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1A71-P1A73: 14V Power Module Temperature Sensor 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1A90-P1A92: 14V Power Module Temperature Sensor 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1ABC or P1ABD: 14V Power Module Hybrid/EV Battery System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1ADE, P1ADF, P1AE0 or P1AE1: Drive Motor Control Module System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1AE8, P1AE9, P1AEA or P1AEB: Drive Motor Control Module Hybrid/EV Battery Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1AEC-P1AEF: Drive Motor Control Module Hybrid/EV Battery
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1AF0 or P1AF2: Drive Motor Control Module Hybrid/EV Battery Voltage Isolation
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1AF4-P1AF7: Drive Motor Control Module Hybrid/EV Battery Voltage Isolation Sensing Circuit 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1B0B or P1B0C: Drive Motor Control Module Hybrid/EV Battery Voltage Isolation Sensing Circuit 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1B0D or P1B0E: Drive Motor Control Module Drive Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1B15: Regenerative Braking Torque Request
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1B41 or P1B42: Drive Motor Control Module Hybrid/EV Battery Voltage Isolation Sensing Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1B43 or P1B44: Drive Motor 2 Control Module Hybrid/EV Battery Voltage Isolation Sensing Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1BFF or P1E23-P1E25: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E0A or P1E0B: Drive Motor Control Module Torque Calculation
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E0E: 14V Power Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E19 or P1E1A: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E1B-P1E1F: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module Hybrid/EV Battery Voltage Isolation
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E20-P1E22: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module Hybrid/EV Battery Voltage
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E27 or P1E28: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module Hybrid/EV Battery System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E29: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E2A-P1E2F or P1E30-P1E32: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Phase Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E33: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Phase U-V-W Current Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E34-P1E36: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Inverter Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E37: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Inverter
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E38: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Inverter Supply
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E39: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E3A: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E3E or P1E3F: 14V Power Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E40-P1E42: 14V Power Module Hybrid/EV Battery System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E43 or P1E44: 14V Power Module System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E45: 14V Power Module Temperature Sensors
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E46 or P1E48: 14V Power Module Temperature Sensor 1/2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1E4A or P1E4B: Control Module Redundant Drive Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EA8: 14V Power Module Hybrid/EV Battery System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EA9: 14V Power Module System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1EB8: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2797: Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Hybrid Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Drive Mode Select Switch Malfunction (LHD)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Drive Mode Select Switch Malfunction (RHD)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DC Power Conversion Test
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • With Carbon Pile Tester
            • Without Carbon Pile Tester
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Drive Motor Generator Power Inverter Module Cover Replacement
        • Drive Motor Power Inverter Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory DC Power Control Module Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Accessory DC Power Control Module Description and Operation
          • Location
          • Operating Functions
          • Communication and Hosted Diagnostics
          • Circuit Inputs
          • Circuit Outputs
        • Drive Motor Power Inverter Module Description and Operation
          • Overview
          • High Voltage Circuits
          • Low Voltage Circuits
          • Drive Motor Generator Power Inverter Module
          • Hybrid Powertrain Control Module
          • Motor Control Modules
          • Accessory DC Power Control Module
        • Electromagnetic Compatibility Description
          • Overview
          • Circuit Design
          • Wiring/Cable Design
          • High Voltage Cable
          • Low and Intermediate Voltage Wiring
          • Component Shielding
          • Shielding Loss
        • High Voltage Monitoring Systems Description
          • Notes
          • High Voltage Interlock Circuit
          • High Voltage DC Chassis Isolation
        • Hybrid Modes of Operation Description
          • Vehicle Operating Modes Description
          • Electric Mode
          • Extended Range Mode
          • Internal Combustion Engine (ICE) Starting
          • Service Mode
          • Engine Unavailable
          • Maintenance Modes
          • Regenerative Braking
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
        • Maintenance Replacement Parts
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • SIR Wiring Schematics
          • Power, Ground, Data Communication and Passenger Presence Detection
          • Impact Sensors
          • Air Bags
          • Pretensioners
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Identification Views
          • Notes
          • SIR Identification
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B0012 or B0013: Driver Steering Wheel Air Bag Deployment Loop
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0014, B0021, B0031 or B0038: Driver/Passenger Seat Side Air Bag Deployment
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0015, B001A, B001B or B0022: Driver/Passenger Seat Belt Anchor Pretensioner Deployment
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0016, B0018, B0023 or B0025: Left/Right Roof Rail Air Bag Deployment Loop
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0017 or B0024: Driver/Passenger Knee Air Bag Deployment Loop
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0019 or B0020: Passenger Instrument Panel Air Bag Deployment Loop
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0052: Deployment Commanded
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0074: Passenger Presence Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0081: Passenger Presence Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0083 or B0084: Left/Right Front Impact Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aid
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0085 or B0088: Left/Right Front Side Impact Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Only DTC B0085 or B0088 is set
            • Both DTC B0085 and B0088 are set
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0086 or B0087: Right Front Side Impact Sensor/Left Rear Side Impact Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Notes
            • Only DTC B0086 or B0087 is set
            • Both DTC B0086 and B0087 are set
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B067F or B0680: Passenger Air Bag
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1001: Option Module (Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration (Passenger Presence System)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B1019: System Configuration Error
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Passenger Presence System Rezeroing
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System Re-zeroing Procedure
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Airbag Indicator Malfunction (Passenger)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Airbag Indicator Malfunction (Driver)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling
          • Notes
          • Disabling Procedure - Air Bag Fuse
          • Enabling Procedure - Air Bag Fuse
          • Disabling Procedure - Negative Battery Cable
          • Enabling Procedure - Negative Battery Cable
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • General Service Instructions
        • Airbag Front End Discriminating Sensor Replacement
        • Airbag Side Impact Sensor Replacement
        • Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
        • Airbag Steering Wheel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Airbag Coil Replacement
        • Airbag Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
        • Airbag Instrument Panel Module Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Lower Airbag Replacement - Driver Side
        • Instrument Panel Lower Airbag Replacement - Passenger Side
        • Airbag Front Passenger Presence Sensor Replacement
        • Front Seat Outboard Seat Back Airbag Replacement
        • Airbag Side Impact Rear Sensor Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Airbag Arming Status Display Replacement
        • Roof Side Rail Airbag Replacement
        • Front Seat Belt Anchor Plate Tensioner Replacement
        • Driver or Passenger Seat Retractor Side Belt Replacement
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Accident With Frontal Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Accident With Side Seat Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Impact Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflatable Restraint Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Live and Undeployed Air Bag
          • Dual Stage Air Bags
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Inside the Vehicle
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Pretensioners
      • Description and Operation
        • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • AIR BAG Indicator (Driver)
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Air Bags
          • Seat Belt Pretensioners (Anchor and Retractor)
          • Impact Sensors
          • Passenger Presence Detection System and Air Bag Indicator (Passenger)
          • Seat Belt Indicators
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Wiring Schematics
          • Seat Belts
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Seat Belt System Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • DTC B0072 or B0073: Seat Belt Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B059A: Passenger Seat Belt Indicator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Does Not Retract
        • Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction - Driver
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction - Passenger
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Passenger Seat Belt Switch Malfunction
            • Passenger Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction - Rear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Latch Stop Installation
        • Front Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Shoulder Belt Replacement - Rear
        • Rear Seat Shoulder Belt Buckle Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Seat Belt with P14 B60 and K85 Two Rear Belts Block Diagram
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Wiring Schematics
          • Seat Belts
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Seat Belt System Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • DTC B0072 or B0073: Seat Belt Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B059A: Passenger Seat Belt Indicator Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Does Not Retract
        • Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction - Driver
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction - Passenger
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
            • Passenger Seat Belt Switch Malfunction
            • Passenger Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Indicator Malfunction - Rear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Latch Stop Installation
        • Front Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Shoulder Belt Replacement - Rear
        • Rear Seat Shoulder Belt Buckle Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Seat Belt with P14 B60 and K85 Two Rear Belts Block Diagram
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Power Steering Wiring Schematics
          • Power Steering
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC C005B: Power Steering Softstops
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0176: Control Module Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0475: Electric Steering Motor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C047A: Electric Steering Motor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostics Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0544: Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0545: Steering Wheel Torque Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C055C: Steering Gear Performance
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0565: Vehicle Identification Number
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0569: System Configuration
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C056E: Electronic Control Unit Software
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Rattle, Clunk, Pop or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning
        • Steering Wheel Kickback
        • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Linkage Inner Tie Rod Inspection
        • Steering Linkage Outer Tie Rod Inspection
        • Steering Linkage Outer Tie Rod Replacement
        • Steering Gear Boot Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Replacement
        • Steering Gear Bushing Replacement
        • Steering Linkage Inner Tie Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Drive Coupling Replacement
        • Power Steering Assist Motor Replacement
        • Power Steering Control Module Calibration
          • Steering Angle Sensor Centering and Software Endstop Learning
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (Electronic Power Steering)
          • Power Steering System Block Diagram
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Specifications
    • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Power Steering Wiring Schematics
        • Power Steering
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • DTC C005B: Power Steering Softstops
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0176: Control Module Temperature Sensor
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0475: Electric Steering Motor Circuit
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C047A: Electric Steering Motor
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostics Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0544: Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0545: Steering Wheel Torque Sensor
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C055C: Steering Gear Performance
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0565: Vehicle Identification Number
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C0569: System Configuration
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC C056E: Electronic Control Unit Software
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Rattle, Clunk, Pop or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Increase in Effort While Turning Steering Wheel
      • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
      • Steering Wheel Surges/Jerks While Turning
      • Steering Wheel Kickback
      • Steering Effort Hard or Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Steering Linkage Inner Tie Rod Inspection
      • Steering Linkage Outer Tie Rod Inspection
      • Steering Linkage Outer Tie Rod Replacement
      • Steering Gear Boot Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Gear Replacement
      • Steering Gear Bushing Replacement
      • Steering Linkage Inner Tie Rod Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Gear Drive Coupling Replacement
      • Power Steering Assist Motor Replacement
      • Power Steering Control Module Calibration
        • Steering Angle Sensor Centering and Software Endstop Learning
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation (Electronic Power Steering)
        • Power Steering System Block Diagram
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Specifications
      • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
    • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Column Lock Wiring Schematics
        • Steering Column Lock (N06)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • DTC B1023: Integral Switch
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B144C: Inverted Run/Start Power Relay
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
          • Relay Test
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B2515: Steering Column Lock Motor
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B2897: Steering Column Lock Motor Lock
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B2910: Steering Column Lock
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Instructions
      • DTC B305A: Steering Column Lock
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Instructions
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
      • Steering Column Upper Trim Cover Replacement
      • Steering Column Lower Trim Cover Replacement
      • Turn Signal Switch Bracket Replacement
      • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
      • Steering Wheel Spoke Lower Cover Replacement
      • Steering Column Replacement
      • Steering Angle Sensor Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
        • Front Wheel Bearing and Hub Replacement
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
        • Front Lower Control Arm Bushing Replacement
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
        • Strut and Shock Absorber Inspection (Strut)
          • Notes
          • Inspection
        • Strut Assembly Removal and Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Shock/Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component or Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the P and R Dimension
          • Measuring the Z Dimension
          • D Height Measurement
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Wheel Bearing and Hub Replacement
        • Rear Axle Bracket Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Bracket Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut and Shock Absorber Inspection (Shock Absorber)
          • Notes
          • Inspection
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Rear Spring, Insulator and Jounce Bumper Replacement
        • Rear Axle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Suspension Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Axle Assembly
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the P and R Dimension
          • Measuring the Z Dimension
          • D Height Measurement
  • Wheel Alignment
    • CHEVROLET Wheel Alignment Specifications - Volt
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • VOLT All Models
    • Wheel Alignment System
      • Specifications
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Alignment Measurement
        • Front Camber Adjustment
        • Wheel Alignment - Steering Wheel Angle and/or Front Toe Adjustment
        • Rear Camber Adjustment
        • Rear Toe Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Camber Description
        • Caster Description
        • Lead/Pull Description
        • Memory Steer Description
        • Scrub Radius Description
        • Thrust Angles Description
        • Toe Description
        • Torque Steer Description
        • Wander Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Wiring Schematics
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring (UJN)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC C0569: System Configuration Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760 or C0765 (UJN): Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760 or C0765 (UJM): Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0775 (UJN): Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC C0775 (UJM): Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Malfunction (UJN)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Malfunction (UJM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Replacement (UJM)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Replacement (UJN)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Module Replacement
        • Tire Pressure Indicator Sensor Learn (UJM)
          • Notes
          • Learn Mode Description
          • Tire Pressure Monitor Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation (UJM)
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Block Diagram
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation (UJN)
          • Auto Learn Tire Pressure Monitoring Block Diagram
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools (UJM)
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Tire Wear
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
          • Notes
          • External Inspection
          • Internal Inspection
          • Cleaning
          • Clean the Injury Channel
          • Fill the Injury
          • Repair Unit Selection
          • Buffing
          • Cementing
          • Repair Unit Application
            • Notes
            • Two-Piece Plug and Repair Units
            • Combination Repair/Plug Units
          • Safety Cage
          • Final Inspection
        • Tire Dismounting and Mounting
        • Tire and Wheel Balancing
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
      • Description and Operation
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • General Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transmission - 4ET50 (MKA) - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Driver Shift Control
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
          • Transmission Identification Information Label
          • Source Code for Plant
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Hybrid Transmission Modes of Operation
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Electronic Components
            • Notes
            • Electronic Components
            • Drive Motor/Generator Assemblies
          • Electric Auxiliary Fluid Pump Motor Assembly
          • Control Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • A/Trans Manual Shift Shaft Position Switch Assembly
          • Output Speed Sensor (OSS)
        • Park Engine Off
          • Notes
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift
          • Park Engine Off - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Park Engine On
          • Notes
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Torque Dampener Clutch Releases
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Park Engine On - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Neutral Engine Off
          • Notes
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Releases
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Neutral Engine Off - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Neutral Engine On
          • Notes
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Torque Dampener Clutch Releases
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Neutral Engine On - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Engine Start
          • Notes
          • Torque Dampener Clutch Applies
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Applies
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Engine Start - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Reverse Output Split Engine Off
          • Notes
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Applies
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Reverse Output Split Engine Off - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Reverse Output Split Engine On
          • Notes
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Remains Applied
          • Torque Dampener Clutch Releases
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Remains Applied
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Reverse Output Split Engine On - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Reverse Series Mode Engine Off
          • Notes
          • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Applies
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Releases
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Reverse Series Mode Engine Off - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Reverse Series Mode Engine On
          • Notes
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Remains Applied
          • Torque Dampener Clutch Releases
          • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Remains Applied
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Releases
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Reverse Series Mode Engine On - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Series Mode Engine Off
          • Notes
          • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Applies
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Drive Series Mode Engine Off - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Series Mode Engine On
          • Notes
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Remains Applied
          • Torque Dampener Clutch Releases
          • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Remains Applied
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Drive Series Mode Engine On - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Output Split Engine Off
          • Notes
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Applies
          • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Drive Output Split Engine Off - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Output Split Engine On
          • Notes
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Remains Applied
          • Torque Dampener Clutch Releases
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Remains Applied
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Drive Output Split Engine On - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Power Off Default
          • Notes
          • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Applied or Remains Applied
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Releases
          • Torque Dampener Clutch Releases
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Power Off Default - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
          • Torque Dampener and Differential Housing - Case Side
          • Fluid Pump Body - Torque Dampener and Differential Housing Side
          • Fluid Pump Body - Fluid Pump Cover Side
          • Fluid Pump Cover - Fluid Pump Body Side
          • Fluid Pump Cover - Case Side
          • Center Support - Case Side
          • Case - Torque Dampener and Differential Housing Side
          • Case - Case Cover Side
          • Case Cover - Case Side
          • Case - Control Valve Body Side
          • Control Valve Body Spacer Plate - Case Side
          • Control Valve Body Spacer Plate - Control Valve Body Side
          • Control Valve Body- Case Side
          • Control Valve Body- Control Valve Channel Plate Side
          • Control Valve Channel Plate- Control Valve Body Side
          • Control Valve Channel Plate- Control Solenoid (w/ Body and TCM) TEHCM Valve Side
          • Control Solenoid (w/ Body and TCM) TEHCM Valve - Control Valve Channel Plate Side
          • Case Extension Assembly - Case Side
    • Automatic Transmission - 4ET50 (MKA) - Specifications
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications (Off Vehicle)
        • Fastener Specifications (On Vehicle)
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Adhesives, Fluids, Lubricants and Sealers
        • Fluid Pump Selective Specifications
        • Taper Bearing Preload Selective Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Solenoid Valve Pressure Specifications
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Logic
    • Automatic Transmission - 4ET50 (MKA) - Component Locator
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
          • Case and Associated Parts
          • Transmission Case Assembly (1 of 2)
          • Transmission Case Assembly (2 of 2)
          • Torque/Dampener and Differential (w/ Fluid Pump) Housing Assembly
          • Fluid Pump Assembly
          • Control Valve Body Assembly (1 Of 2)
          • Control Valve Body Assembly (2 Of 2)
          • Case Cover Assembly
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Assembly
          • Center (w/ Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch) Support Assembly (1 Of 2)
          • Center (w/ Variable Low And 1-2 Reverse Clutch) Support Assembly (2 Of 2)
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Assembly
          • Front Differential Drive Pinion (w/ Transfer Gear) Gear Assembly
          • Front Differential Carrier Assembly
          • Park System Components
        • Component Location
          • Component Locations
        • Bushing, Bearing and Washer Locations
          • Location Of Bushings, Bearings and Washers
        • Seal Locations
          • Seal Locations #1
          • Seal Locations #2
        • Ball Check Valve Locations
    • Automatic Transmission - 4ET50 (MKA) - Diagnostic Information And Procedures
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0601-P0604, P0606, P060B, P062F, P16F3, P16F7, P16F8 or P179B: Control Module (TCM)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0634: Control Module
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0667, P0668 or P0669: Control Module Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P06AC, P06AD or P06AE: Control Module Power Up Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0711-P0713: Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0721: Output Speed Sensor
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0751: Shift Solenoid Valve 1 (Stuck Off)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0752: Shift Solenoid Valve 1 (Stuck On)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0756: Shift Solenoid Valve 2 (Stuck Off)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0757: Shift Solenoid Valve 2 (Stuck On)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0776 or P0777: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P077B: Output Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0796 or P0797: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P079A: Transmission Clutch 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P079B: Transmission Clutch 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P079C: Transmission Clutch 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P07A3: Transmission Clutch 1
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P07A5: Transmission Clutch 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P07A7: Transmission Clutch 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0961-P0963: Line Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0965-P0967: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 2
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0969-P0971: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 3
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0973 or P0974: Shift Solenoid Valve 1 Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P0976 or P0977: Shift Solenoid Valve 2 Control Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1762: Transmission Mode Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P1824, P182A-P182F, P1838 or P1839: Internal Mode Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P215B: Vehicle Speed - Output Shaft Speed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P215C: Output Shaft Speed - Wheel Speed
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2534 or P2535: Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC P2714 or P2715: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 4
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P2719-P2721: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 4
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P2728-P2730: Pressure Control Solenoid Valve 5
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Drive Motor Power Inverter Module 3 Phase Cable Inspection
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
            • Notes
            • Cable Construction
          • Cable Repair Process
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Inspection
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Output Shaft Speed Input Test
          • Notes
          • Repair Instructions
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Solenoid Performance Test
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Procedures
          • Solenoid Testing Procedure
          • Control Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Test Procedure
          • Repair Instructions
        • Reset Transmission Adapts
          • Notes
          • Troubleshooting
        • Control Valve Body Diagnostic Inspection
          • Notes
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Fluid Level and Condition Check
          • Notes
          • Fluid Condition Inspection
        • Line Pressure Check
          • Notes
          • Main Line Pressure Check
          • Auxiliary Transmission Fluid Pump Line Pressure Check
        • Road Test
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Torque Control
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Bushing and Mating Shaft Inspection
        • Main Fluid Pump Pressure High or Low
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Pressure High or Low
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
            • Notes
            • Gaskets
            • Seals
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
            • Transmission Case Cover and/or Valve Body Cover
            • Case Leak
            • Leak at the Torque Dampener End
            • Leak at the Vent
          • Leak Inspection Points
        • Whine/Growl Noise That Changes with Vehicle Speed
        • Noise in Drive or Reverse Gear
        • Vibration
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • No Park or Drive
        • No Drive in All Ranges
        • No Reverse Gear
        • No Drive or Reverse Gear
        • Harsh, Soft, Delayed or Slipping Drive or Reverse Gear
        • Stuck in Drive or Reverse Gear
        • Harsh Garage Shift
    • Automatic Transmission - 4ET50 (MKA) - Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
      • Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
        • Holding Fixture Installation
        • Torque Dampener Removal
        • Control Valve Body Cover Removal
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Removal
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position Switch and Fluid Level Control Valve Removal
        • Control Valve Body and Channel Plate Removal
        • Output Shaft Removal
        • Torque Dampener and Differential Housing with Fluid Pump Removal
        • Differential Carrier Removal
        • 1-3-Reverse Clutch, Input Clutch Hub and Hub Shaft Removal
        • Generator Rotor and Stator Removal - Unit A
        • Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness and Output Speed Sensor Removal
        • Park Pawl and Manual Shift Shaft Removal
        • Front Differential Drive Pinion Gear with Transfer Gear Removal
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Removal - Case Side
        • Case Extension Assembly Removal
        • Case Cover Removal
        • Drive Motor Rotor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Motor Generator Rotor, Stator and Output Sun Gear Shaft Removal - Unit B
        • Output Sun Gear, Carrier And Carrier Shell Removal
        • Variable High And 2-3-4 Clutch Hub And Clutch Removal
        • Center Support Assembly Removal
        • Drive Motor Power Inverter Module Cable Terminal Insulator Block Removal
        • Variable High and 2-3-4, Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse and 1-3 Reverse Clutch Accumulator Piston Removal
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 and Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Accumulator Piston Removal
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Accumulator Piston Removal
        • Transmission Case Cleaning and Inspection
          • Torque Dampener and Differential Side
          • Case Side Cover
        • Manual Shift Shaft Seal Removal
        • Front Differential Drive Pinion Gear Bearing Cup Replacement - Case Side
        • Front Differential Drive Pinion Gear Roller Bearing and Lubricant Dam Replacement
          • Removal
          • Install
        • Variable High and 2-3-4, Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse and 1-3 Reverse Clutch Accumulator Piston Installation
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 and Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Accumulator Piston Installation
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Accumulator Piston Installation
        • Drive Motor Power Inverter Module Cable Terminal Insulator Block Installation
        • Torque Dampener and Differential Housing with Fluid Pump Disassemble
          • A/Trans Fluid Pump Assembly Removal
          • Front Differential Carrier Baffle and Fluid Trough Removal
        • Torque Dampener and Differential Housing Cleaning and Inspection
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Replacement - Torque Dampener Side
        • Front Differential Drive Pinion Gear Bearing Cup Removal - Torque Dampener Side
        • Front Differential Drive Pinion Gear Roller Bearing and Lubricant Dam Removal - Torque Dampener Side
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Motor and Fluid Pump Disassemble
          • Electric Auxiliary Pump Drive Motor Removal
          • A/Trans Fluid Pump Cover Removal
        • Input Shaft Bearing Replacement
        • 1-3-Reverse Clutch Housing Seal Replacement
        • Fluid Pump Body, Torque Dampener Fluid Seal and Torque Dampener Bearing Disassemble
        • Fluid Pump Body Cleaning and Inspection
        • Fluid Pump Body, Torque Dampener Fluid Seal and Torque Dampener Bearing Assemble
        • Fluid Pump Selective Measurement
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Motor and Fluid Pump Assemble
          • A/Trans Fluid Pump Cover Assemble
          • Electric Auxiliary Pump Drive Motor Assemble
        • Torque Dampener and Differential Housing with Fluid Pump Assemble
          • Front Differential Carrier Baffle Fluid Trough Assemble
          • Fluid Pump Assembly Assemble
        • Generator Position Sensor Stator Removal
        • Center Support Assembly Disassemble
        • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Piston Removal
        • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Housing and Front Differential Transfer Drive Gear Disassemble
        • Input Sun Gear Thrust Bearing Replacement
        • Variable High and 2-3-4 Clutch Seal Replacement
        • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Housing and Front Differential Transfer Drive Gear Assemble
        • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
        • Center Support Assembly Assemble
        • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Piston Air Check
        • Generator Position Sensor Stator Installation
        • Variable High and 2-3-4 Clutch Disassemble
          • Output Carrier Internal Gear and Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Plates Disassemble
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Piston Assembly and Spring Disassemble
        • Center Support Roller Bearing Replacement
        • Variable High and 2-3-4 Clutch Assemble
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Piston and Spring
          • Output Carrier Internal Gear and Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Plates Assemble
        • Variable High and 2-3-4 Clutch Piston Air Check
        • Center Support Assembly Installation
        • Variable High and 2-3-4 Clutch and Hub Installation
        • Output Carrier Shell, Carrier and Sun Gear Installation
        • Drive Motor Generator Rotor, Stator and Output Sun Gear Shaft Installation - Unit B
        • Case Cover Assembly Disassemble
        • Case Cover Assembly Assemble
        • Case Cover Assembly Installation
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Bearing Replacement
        • Case Extension Assembly Installation
        • Front Differential Drive Pinion Gear with Transfer Gear Overhaul
        • Front Differential Carrier Bearing Replacement
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Front Differential Carrier Cleaning and Inspection
        • Front Differential Drive Pinion Gear Bearing Thrust Washer and Front Differential Bearing Washer Measurement
          • Front Differential Carrier and Front Differential Drive Pinion with Transfer Gear Installation
          • Differential Thrust Washer Gauge Installation
          • Torque Sequence
          • Differential Shim Selection
        • Front Differential Drive Pinion Gear Bearing Cup Installation - Torque Dampener Side
        • Front Differential Drive Pinion Gear Roller Bearing and Lubricant Dam Installation - Torque Dampener Side
        • Front Differential Drive Pinion Gear with Transfer Gear Installation
        • Park Pawl and Manual Shift Shaft Installation
        • Manual Shift Shaft Seal Installation
        • Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness and Output Speed Sensor Installation
        • Generator Rotor and Stator Installation - Unit A
          • Drive Motor Generator Stator Cooling Tubes Replacement
          • Rotor and Stator Installation
        • Input Clutch Hub and Shaft Installation
        • 1-3-Reverse Clutch Disassemble
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch (w/ Input Shaft) Housing Disassemble
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Piston and Spring Disassemble
        • Input Shaft Seal Replacement
        • 1-3-Reverse Clutch Assemble
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Piston and Spring Assemble
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Assemble
        • 1-3-Reverse Clutch Piston Air Check
        • 1-3-Reverse Clutch Installation
        • Front Differential Carrier Installation
        • Torque Dampener and Differential Housing with Fluid Pump Installation
        • Front Differential Carrier Final Rotational Torque Measurement
        • Output Shaft Installation
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Installation - Case Side
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Disassemble
        • Control Valve Body Cleaning and Inspection
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Assemble
        • Control Valve Body and Channel Plate Installation
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position Switch and Fluid Level Control Valve Installation
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Installation
        • Control Valve Body Cover Installation
        • Torque Dampener Installation
        • Holding Fixture Removal
    • Automatic Transmission - 4ET50 (MKA) - Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
      • Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
        • Auxiliary Fluid Pump Control Module Replacement
        • Transmission Control Lever Knob Replacement
        • Transmission Control Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Range Selector Lever Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Range Selector Lever Cable Adjustment
        • Range Selector Lever Cable Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Drain and Fill
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Test Hole Plug Replacement
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Replacement - Left Side
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Replacement - Right Side
        • Drive Motor Rotor Bearing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stator Drive Motor Position Sensor Replacement
        • Control Valve Body Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Replacement
        • Control Solenoid Valve and Transmission Control Module Assembly Replacement
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Rear
        • Transmission Mount Transmission-Side Bracket Replacement
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Left Side
        • Transmission Rear Mount Replacement
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Automatic Transmission - 4ET50 (MKA) - Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Wiring Schematics
          • Internal Mode Switch
          • S126 Drive Mode Select Switch
          • Pressure Controls, Shift Controls and Speed Sensor
          • Shift Lever Position Indicator
    • Automatic Transmission - 4ET50 (MKA) - Special Tools And Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Shift Lock Control System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Shift Lock Control Wiring Schematics
          • Shift Lock
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC B270A: Park Lock Solenoid
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Transmission Control Lever Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
    • Transmission Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Transmission Overheats
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Flushing and Flow Test
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Bypass Valve Removal
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-up
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Fluid Auxiliary Cooler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Thermal Bypass Valve Replacement
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Pipe Connector Replacement - Radiator
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Quick-Connect Fitting Disconnection and Connection
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Inlet Pipe Replacement
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Outlet Pipe Replacement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transmission - 4ET50 (MKA) - Description And Operation
      • Description and Operation
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Driver Shift Control
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
          • Transmission Identification Information Label
          • Source Code for Plant
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Hybrid Transmission Modes of Operation
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Electronic Components
            • Notes
            • Electronic Components
            • Drive Motor/Generator Assemblies
          • Electric Auxiliary Fluid Pump Motor Assembly
          • Control Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • A/Trans Manual Shift Shaft Position Switch Assembly
          • Output Speed Sensor (OSS)
        • Park Engine Off
          • Notes
          • Fluid Pressure Directed in Preparation for a Shift
          • Park Engine Off - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Park Engine On
          • Notes
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Torque Dampener Clutch Releases
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Park Engine On - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Neutral Engine Off
          • Notes
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Releases
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Neutral Engine Off - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Neutral Engine On
          • Notes
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Torque Dampener Clutch Releases
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Neutral Engine On - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Engine Start
          • Notes
          • Torque Dampener Clutch Applies
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Applies
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Engine Start - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Reverse Output Split Engine Off
          • Notes
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Applies
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Reverse Output Split Engine Off - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Reverse Output Split Engine On
          • Notes
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Remains Applied
          • Torque Dampener Clutch Releases
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Remains Applied
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Reverse Output Split Engine On - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Reverse Series Mode Engine Off
          • Notes
          • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Applies
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Releases
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Reverse Series Mode Engine Off - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Reverse Series Mode Engine On
          • Notes
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Remains Applied
          • Torque Dampener Clutch Releases
          • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Remains Applied
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Releases
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Reverse Series Mode Engine On - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Series Mode Engine Off
          • Notes
          • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Applies
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Drive Series Mode Engine Off - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Series Mode Engine On
          • Notes
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Remains Applied
          • Torque Dampener Clutch Releases
          • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Remains Applied
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Drive Series Mode Engine On - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Output Split Engine Off
          • Notes
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Applies
          • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Drive Output Split Engine Off - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Drive Output Split Engine On
          • Notes
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Remains Applied
          • Torque Dampener Clutch Releases
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Remains Applied
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Drive Output Split Engine On - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Power Off Default
          • Notes
          • Variable Low and 1-2 Reverse Clutch Applied or Remains Applied
          • 1-3 Reverse Clutch Releases
          • Variable Hi and 2-3-4 Clutch Releases
          • Torque Dampener Clutch Releases
          • Shift Accumulation
          • Power Off Default - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
          • Torque Dampener and Differential Housing - Case Side
          • Fluid Pump Body - Torque Dampener and Differential Housing Side
          • Fluid Pump Body - Fluid Pump Cover Side
          • Fluid Pump Cover - Fluid Pump Body Side
          • Fluid Pump Cover - Case Side
          • Center Support - Case Side
          • Case - Torque Dampener and Differential Housing Side
          • Case - Case Cover Side
          • Case Cover - Case Side
          • Case - Control Valve Body Side
          • Control Valve Body Spacer Plate - Case Side
          • Control Valve Body Spacer Plate - Control Valve Body Side
          • Control Valve Body- Case Side
          • Control Valve Body- Control Valve Channel Plate Side
          • Control Valve Channel Plate- Control Valve Body Side
          • Control Valve Channel Plate- Control Solenoid (w/ Body and TCM) TEHCM Valve Side
          • Control Solenoid (w/ Body and TCM) TEHCM Valve - Control Valve Channel Plate Side
          • Case Extension Assembly - Case Side
• External Pages